RACKSPACE COM INC
S-1/A, 2000-05-11
BUSINESS SERVICES, NEC
Previous: DE SANTIS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT L P, 13F-HR, 2000-05-11
Next: SUPPLIERMARKET COM INC /DE, S-1/A, 2000-05-11



<PAGE>

      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 11, 2000


                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-33414
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------

                                AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                       TO


                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                           --------------------------

                              RACKSPACE.COM, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>                                   <C>
              DELAWARE                                7389                               75-2864797
  (State or other jurisdiction of         (Primary Standard Industrial        (I.R.S. Employer Identification
   incorporation or organization)         Classification Code Number)                     Number)
</TABLE>

                            ------------------------

                              RACKSPACE.COM, INC.
                        112 EAST PECAN STREET, SUITE 600
                            SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS 78205
                           TELEPHONE: (210) 892-4000
                           FACSIMILE: (210) 892-4329
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of the
                   registrant's principal executive offices)
                         ------------------------------

                                GRAHAM M. WESTON
                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                        112 EAST PECAN STREET, SUITE 600
                            SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS 78205
                           TELEPHONE: (210) 892-4000
                           FACSIMILE: (210) 892-4329
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                         ------------------------------

                                   COPIES TO:

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
          S. MICHAEL DUNN, P.C.                      JEFFREY A. CHAPMAN, ESQ.
       MICHELLE KWAN MONTOYA, ESQ.                    SHARON M. COOPER, ESQ.
     BROBECK, PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP                  VINSON & ELKINS L.L.P.
           301 CONGRESS AVENUE                           2001 ROSS AVENUE
                SUITE 1200                           3700 TRAMMEL CROW CENTER
           AUSTIN, TEXAS 78701                       DALLAS, TEXAS 75201-2925
        TELEPHONE: (512) 477-5495                   TELEPHONE: (214) 220-7700
        FACSIMILE: (512) 477-5813                   FACSIMILE: (214) 220-7716
</TABLE>

                           --------------------------

    Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: as soon as
practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

    If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, check the following box. / /

    If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /

    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /

    If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
                         ------------------------------

    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PROPOSED MAXIMUM         AMOUNT OF
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED            OFFERING PRICE (1)    REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                                           <C>                  <C>
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share                          $61,180,000          $16,152(2)
</TABLE>


(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration
    fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).


(2) $17,160 was previously paid in connection with the initial filing of this
    Registration Statement on March 28, 2000.

                           --------------------------

    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION,
ACTING PURSUANT TO SUCH SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary
prospectus is not an offer to sell and is not soliciting an offer to buy these
securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
<PAGE>

Subject to Completion, Dated May 11, 2000


[LOGO]


3,800,000 Shares


Common Stock


This is an initial public offering of common stock of Rackspace.com, Inc. We
anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $12.00 and
$14.00 per share.


We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "RACK."

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on
page 7.

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS
PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Per Share        Total
                                                               ---------        -----
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>
Public offering price                                         $              $
Underwriting discounts and commissions                        $              $
Proceeds, before expenses, to Rackspace.com                   $              $
</TABLE>


The underwriters have the right to purchase up to an additional 570,000 shares
of common stock from us at the public offering price within 30 days from the
date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments.


Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown                               Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

                           Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

The date of this prospectus is              , 2000
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


    THIS SUMMARY HIGHLIGHTS INFORMATION CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
THIS SUMMARY MAY NOT CONTAIN ALL OF THE INFORMATION THAT YOU SHOULD CONSIDER
BEFORE INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK. YOU SHOULD READ THE ENTIRE PROSPECTUS
CAREFULLY, INCLUDING "RISK FACTORS" AND OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE NOTES
RELATING TO THOSE STATEMENTS, BEFORE MAKING AN INVESTMENT DECISION.



                              RACKSPACE.COM, INC.



OUR BUSINESS



    Rackspace.com is a leading provider of managed Linux-based Internet hosting
services targeted to small- to medium-sized enterprises worldwide. Managed
hosting services enable enterprises to establish and maintain their Internet
operations using the servers, networking facilities and technical support of a
third-party provider, such as Rackspace. We offer our customers
attractively-priced monthly hosting plans, which include configuration of the
server that we supply for the customer, deployment of that server in our data
center within 24 hours of order confirmation, server maintenance, a subscribed
allocation of network data transmission capability, or bandwidth, and
installation and support for select operating system and Internet-based
applications. Our managed hosting services enable small- and medium-sized
enterprises to have access to hardware, software, network facilities and
technical expertise for operating an Internet business that generally are
affordable only for very large enterprises. As of March 31, 2000, we managed an
installed base of over 1,200 servers within our state-of-the-art data center for
more than 900 customers, with approximately 48% of these customers located
outside of the United States in over 50 countries around the world.



    We have developed specific expertise in deploying Internet hosting services
based on the Linux operating system, and approximately 80% of our customers have
selected Linux-based hosting services. We believe that many small- to
medium-sized enterprises select Linux-based hosting services due to Linux's
reputation for stability, high performance, ease of remote administration and
cost advantages. We also provide and support managed hosting services based on
Solaris, Windows NT/2000 and other operating systems. In addition, we have
entered into strategic relationships with Red Hat, Perot Systems and Sun
Microsystems, among others, in order to accelerate our market penetration and to
expand our product and service offerings.



OUR SERVICES



    Our comprehensive service offerings are designed to aid our customers in
rapidly implementing their Internet operations. To this end, we offer our
customers:



    - the ability to configure, price and order our services through the
      Rackspace.com Configurator available at our Web site;



    - month-to-month, flexible hosting plans that enable our customers to
      cost-effectively establish service with us and to adjust their service
      without long-term commitment;



    - guaranteed deployment of a new customer's hosting service within 24 hours
      of order confirmation;



    - housing of servers within our state-of-the-art data center where we
      provide around-the-clock monitoring, security and technical support;



    - rapid upgrades of server hardware and provisioning of additional bandwidth
      to cost-effectively support the expansion of our customers' Internet
      operations; and



    - enhanced services including pre-tested applications that can accelerate a
      customer's introduction of new e-commerce initiatives on its Web site.


                                       3
<PAGE>

OUR STRATEGY



    Our goal is to become the leading global provider of managed Linux-based
Internet hosting services by capitalizing on the growth in Internet usage and
e-business and the trend towards outsourcing of hosting services. Our strategy
for accomplishing this objective includes:



    - establishing ourselves as the leading Linux-based hosting services
      provider;



    - building global brand awareness of our company and service offerings
      through targeted marketing initiatives;



    - capitalizing on international market opportunities to provide managed
      hosting services;



    - utilizing strategic relationships with third parties that select, or
      influence the selection of, managed hosting services providers, including
      expanding our existing relationships with Red Hat, Perot Systems and Sun
      Microsystems, among others;



    - expanding our products and enhanced services to address our customers'
      needs as their growing Internet operations require more advanced hosting
      solutions; and



    - continuing to expand and further develop our customer service and
      technical support capabilities.



INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS



    Since we began offering managed hosting services in December 1998, our
business has grown rapidly. However, due to our short operating history within
an emerging industry, our business model continues to evolve and is largely
unproven. We have experienced significant operating losses since December 1998,
including net losses of $2.1 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2000 and
$1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. Moreover, we expect our
operating expenses to increase significantly as we continue to expand our
business. As a result, we expect to continue to operate at a net loss and to
experience negative cash flows for the foreseeable future. For additional
information concerning risks associated with an investment in our company,
please see "Risk Factors" beginning on page 7.



OUR ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE



    Our principal executive offices are located at 112 East Pecan Street, Suite
600, San Antonio, Texas 78205, and our telephone number is (210) 892-4000. Our
World Wide Web address is www.rackspace.com. INFORMATION CONTAINED ON OUR WEB
SITE IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE PART OF THIS PROSPECTUS.


                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING


<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Common stock offered by Rackspace.com.......................  3,800,000 shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering..........  24,177,042 shares

Use of proceeds.............................................  We intend to use the net proceeds to
                                                              fund capital expenditures, including
                                                              the purchase of computer and networking
                                                              hardware, the establishment of new data
                                                              centers, the expansion of our sales and
                                                              marketing and product development
                                                              activities and potential acquisitions,
                                                              and for other general corporate
                                                              purposes. See "Use of Proceeds" on page
                                                              17 for a more detailed description of
                                                              our use of proceeds.

Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol......................  RACK
</TABLE>



    Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus concerning
the common stock outstanding is based on the number of shares outstanding as of
March 31, 2000, on a pro forma basis to give effect to the completion of the
holding company restructuring as if it had occurred on such date and excludes:



    - 570,000 shares to be sold by us if the underwriters' over-allotment option
      is exercised in full, as described in "Underwriting";



    - 577,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted
      to employees outstanding as of March 31, 2000, with a weighted average
      exercise price of $1.92 per share;



    - 457,142 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants
      outstanding as of March 31, 2000, which were granted to an investor in a
      private equity financing in November 1999, with an exercise price of
      $1.75 per share;



    -             shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants
      that were granted to Norwest Venture Partners and Sequoia Capital in a
      private equity financing completed in March 2000; and



    -         shares reserved for issuance under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.



    References in this prospectus to "Rackspace.com," "Rackspace," "we," "us"
and "our" refer to Rackspace.com, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and, prior to
the reorganization of our corporate structure, Rackspace, Ltd., a Texas limited
partnership. See "Holding Company."


                                       5
<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

    The following table sets forth summary financial and operating data for our
predecessor, Cymitar Technology Group, Inc., and our company. You should read
this information together with our financial statements and the notes to those
statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. See "Selected Financial Data"
and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            THE PREDECESSOR                                   THE COMPANY
                                    -------------------------------   -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       PERIOD FROM
                                                                       DECEMBER 29,
                                                      PERIOD FROM          1998
                                                       JANUARY 1,      (INCEPTION)                         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                      YEAR ENDED      1998 THROUGH       THROUGH         YEAR ENDED     -------------------------
                                     DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 28,     DECEMBER 31,     DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,     MARCH 31,
                                         1997             1998             1998             1999           1999          2000
                                    --------------   --------------   --------------   --------------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                 <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Total revenues..................     $ 72,535        $ 166,632          $  76         $ 1,700,537      $125,507     $ 1,434,967
  Operating expenses:
    Cost of revenues..............       38,895           73,767             --             513,424        31,232         622,571
    Sales and marketing...........          648            3,615             --           1,612,071        78,414       1,510,535
    General and administrative....       47,705          181,260             23             870,155        80,774         811,509
    Product development...........           --               --             --              52,712         7,724          53,105
    Depreciation and
      amortization................        6,912           12,363            262             261,730        20,513         304,442
    Amortization of deferred stock
      compensation................           --               --             --                  --            --         380,378
                                       --------        ---------          -----         -----------      --------     -----------
    Total operating expenses......       94,160          271,005            285           3,310,092       218,657       3,682,540
                                       --------        ---------          -----         -----------      --------     -----------
      Loss from operations........      (21,625)        (104,373)          (209)         (1,609,555)      (93,150)     (2,247,573)
  Other income (expense)..........       (3,247)          (7,767)           (66)            (43,243)       (3,682)        102,874
                                       --------        ---------          -----         -----------      --------     -----------
      Net loss....................     $(24,872)       $(112,140)         $(275)        $(1,652,798)     $(96,832)    $(2,144,699)
                                       ========        =========          =====         ===========      ========     ===========
</TABLE>



    The following table contains a summary of our balance sheet as of March 31,
2000:



    - on an actual basis; and



    - on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (1) the completion of the
      holding company restructuring through the exchange of all limited partner
      interests and the general partner interest of Rackspace, Ltd. for an
      aggregate of 20,377,042 shares of our common stock and (2) the net
      proceeds to us from the sale of 3,800,000 shares of our common stock in
      this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per
      share.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AS OF MARCH 31, 2000
                                                              ---------------------------
                                                                              PRO FORMA
                                                                ACTUAL       AS ADJUSTED
                                                              -----------   -------------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $12,535,029    $57,727,029
  Working capital...........................................   10,853,096     56,045,096
  Total assets..............................................   17,740,590     62,932,590
  Total partners' capital/stockholders' equity..............   15,429,204     60,621,204
</TABLE>


                                       6
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

    INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. YOU SHOULD
CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED BELOW BEFORE YOU
PURCHASE ANY OF OUR COMMON STOCK. WHILE WE HAVE DESCRIBED ALL RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES THAT WE BELIEVE ARE MATERIAL TO OUR BUSINESS, OTHER RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES THAT AFFECT OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS MAY ARISE OR BECOME MATERIAL
IN THE FUTURE. IF WE CANNOT ADDRESS THE FOLLOWING RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
EFFECTIVELY, WE COULD BE MATERIALLY AND ADVERSELY AFFECTED. IN THIS EVENT, THE
TRADING PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK COULD DECLINE AND YOU COULD LOSE ALL OR A PART
OF YOUR INVESTMENT.

    THIS PROSPECTUS ALSO CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS
AND UNCERTAINTIES. OUR ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE
ANTICIPATED IN THE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF MANY FACTORS,
INCLUDING THE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED BELOW AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS. SEE "FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND ASSOCIATED RISKS."

                         RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS


BECAUSE WE HAVE A LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY AND OUR BUSINESS MODEL IS STILL
EVOLVING, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO ACHIEVE A SIGNIFICANT RATE OF REVENUE GROWTH OR TO
BECOME PROFITABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH OUR BUSINESS PLAN.



    We began offering managed hosting services in December 1998. As a result, we
have a very short operating history and our business model is still evolving. We
may be unable to successfully implement our business plan or adapt it to changes
in the market. Our limited operating history makes it difficult for us to
predict our future results and to evaluate the execution of our business plan
thus far. Our ability to execute our plans must be considered in light of the
risks, expenses and challenges encountered by companies in the rapidly evolving
managed hosting market. Due to these uncertainties, we may be unable to achieve
a significant rate of revenue growth or to become profitable in future periods,
in which case the market price of our common stock may decline.



BECAUSE WE OPERATE IN A NEW AND EVOLVING MARKET WITH UNCERTAIN PROSPECTS FOR
GROWTH, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO SUCCESSFULLY GROW OUR CUSTOMER BASE, WHICH WOULD
IMPEDE OUR FUTURE REVENUES.



    Our market is new and rapidly evolving. Growth in demand for, and acceptance
of, managed Linux-based Internet hosting services are highly uncertain.
Businesses may not recognize the benefits of outsourcing their managed hosting
needs or they may find it less expensive, more secure or otherwise preferable to
host their Internet sites internally. Internet technologies, such as e-commerce
applications, which require managed hosting may not grow as rapidly as we
expect. If the market for managed Linux-based Internet hosting services fails to
grow or grows more slowly than we anticipate, we may experience difficulty in
expanding our business, which would impede our future revenues. Growth in the
demand for our products and services may be inhibited and we may be unable to
sustain growth in our customer base for a number of reasons, such as:


    - our inability to market our products and services in a cost-effective
      manner to new customers;

    - the inability of customers to differentiate the services we offer from
      those of our competitors;

    - the termination of our customer contracts, which are subject to renewal on
      a monthly basis;

    - our inability to strengthen awareness of our brand; and

    - reliability, quality or compatibility problems with our services.


IF THE LINUX OPERATING SYSTEM DOES NOT CONTINUE TO GAIN MARKET ACCEPTANCE, WE
LIKELY WOULD BE UNABLE TO SUSTAIN OUR REVENUE GROWTH AND TO SUCCESSFULLY EXECUTE
OUR BUSINESS PLAN.



    The vast majority of our customers elect to base their servers on the Linux
operating system. The Linux operating system has only recently gained broad
market acceptance. Our ability to sustain growth in our revenues and to
successfully execute our business plan depends on the continued development


                                       7
<PAGE>

and enhancement of the Linux operating system, as well as on the continued
adoption of Linux, particularly by small- and medium-sized enterprises.



IF THE NETWORK PROVIDERS UPON WHICH WE RELY FAIL TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE
RELIABILITY, CAPACITY OR PERFORMANCE FOR OUR NETWORK, WE COULD LOSE CUSTOMERS.



    Our success partly depends upon the capacity, reliability and performance of
our network infrastructure, including the capacity leased from our
telecommunications network suppliers, consisting of Intermedia, Qwest, SBC
Communications, Time Warner Telecom and UUNET. Our agreements with these network
providers are long-term contracts over two to five years with monthly pricing
based on the amount of network traffic experienced by the respective provider.
We depend on these companies to provide uninterrupted and error-free service
through their telecommunications networks. Some of these providers also are our
competitors. As our customers' usage of telecommunications capacity increases,
we will need to make additional investments in our capacity to maintain adequate
data transmission speeds, the availability of which may be limited or the cost
of which may be on terms unacceptable to us. We currently have network capacity
for 2,000 servers and can upgrade our capacity through our current network
providers to handle up to 5,000 servers. If adequate capacity is not available
to us as our customers' usage increases, our network may not be able to achieve
or maintain sufficiently high data transmission capacity, reliability or
performance. In addition, our business would suffer if our network suppliers
increased the prices for their services and we were unable to pass along the
increased costs to our customers. Any failure on our part or the part of our
third-party suppliers to achieve or maintain high data transmission capacity,
reliability or performance could significantly reduce customer demand for our
services and damage our business.



WE COULD EXPERIENCE SYSTEM FAILURES, WHICH COULD HARM OUR REPUTATION AND RESULT
IN CUSTOMER DISSATISFACTION OR LOSS.


    To succeed, we must be able to operate our data centers and maintain the
operation of our Web site around the clock without interruption or a material
decline in service. Our operations depend upon our ability to protect our
network infrastructure, equipment and customer files against damage from human
error, fire, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, power loss, telecommunications
failures, physical and electronic break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of
vandalism and similar events. Our servers and other network equipment are
located in our sole data center in San Antonio, Texas. We do not have a
comprehensive disaster recovery plan and the occurrence of a natural disaster or
other unanticipated problems at our data center could result in interruptions in
the services that we provide to our customers and in the operation of our Web
site.

    We have experienced interruptions in service and at our Web site in the
past. We have experienced partial system failures due to routing problems, hard
drive failures, database corruption and other computer failures. A future
interruption could result in substantial customer dissatisfaction or loss and
could necessitate future customer refunds. Our network is subject to various
points of failure, and a problem with our routers, switches or other equipment
could cause an interruption in the services we provide to some or all of our
customers. Any future interruptions could:

    - cause our customers to seek damages for losses incurred;

    - require us to replace existing equipment or add redundant facilities;


    - damage our reputation as a reliable provider of managed hosting services;


    - cause existing customers to cancel or elect to not renew their contracts;
      or


    - make it more difficult for us to attract new customers.


                                       8
<PAGE>

IF WE DO NOT PREVENT SECURITY BREACHES, WE MAY LOSE CUSTOMERS, SUFFER HARM TO
OUR REPUTATION AND INCUR ADDITIONAL COSTS.



    A fundamental requirement for online business transactions and services is
the secure transmission of confidential information over public communications
networks. Unauthorized access, computer viruses, accidents, fraudulent service
plan orders, intentional misconduct by computer "hackers" and other disruptions
can occur. While we have experienced no material security breaches in the past,
any breaches that may occur could result in liability to us, loss of existing
customers, harm to our reputation, deterrence of future customers or increases
in our costs. In addition, we may incur significant costs to prevent breaches in
security or to alleviate problems caused by breaches. We rely on third-party
suppliers to protect our equipment and hardware against breaches in security. We
cannot be certain that they will provide adequate security.



IF WE ARE UNABLE TO EXPAND OUR NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE TO MEET INCREASING DEMAND,
WE COULD LOSE CUSTOMERS AND OUR ABILITY TO GROW OUR BUSINESS WOULD BE IMPEDED.



    We must continue to expand and adapt our network infrastructure to
accommodate, or scale, our network operations to address an increasing number of
customers, larger amounts of information that they wish to transmit and changing
customer requirements. We will continually need to address the challenge of
scaling our network operations to meet increasing managed hosting demands while
maintaining acceptable performance levels. The expansion of our existing data
center and the establishment of new data centers will require substantial
financial, operational and management resources. If we are required to expand
our network significantly and rapidly, additional stress will be placed upon our
network hardware, traffic management systems and hosting facilities, as well as
our financial, operational and management resources. Due to the limited
deployment of our services to date, the ability of our network to support a
substantially larger number of customers at high transmission speeds is unknown.



THE FORMATION OF STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS IS AN IMPORTANT STRATEGY, AND IF WE
FAIL TO ESTABLISH THESE RELATIONSHIPS, OR IF THESE RELATIONSHIPS ARE TERMINATED
OR DO NOT FUNCTION AS WE INTEND, OUR ABILITY TO EXECUTE OUR BUSINESS PLAN AND TO
REMAIN COMPETITIVE IN THE MANAGED HOSTING MARKET COULD BE IMPEDED.


    In an effort to enhance our sales, support, sourcing and other business
functions, we form strategic relationships with select partners. We have formed
strategic relationships with Red Hat, Perot Systems and Sun Microsystems. If
these or any future strategic relationships are terminated or impaired, our
ability to execute our business plan could be impeded. Some of our strategic
partners may also provide services that compete with our own, which could
increase competitive pressures on our business.


WE HAVE A HISTORY OF OPERATING LOSSES, AND WE ANTICIPATE THAT WE WILL CONTINUE
TO INCUR SIGNIFICANT OPERATING LOSSES FOR THE FORESEEABLE FUTURE, WHICH MAY
DEPRESS THE MARKET PRICE FOR OUR STOCK.



    We have experienced operating losses and negative cash flows from operations
in each quarterly and annual period since we commenced our hosting operations in
December 1998. We experienced a net loss of $2.1 million for the quarter ended
March 31, 2000 and $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. We expect
our operating expenses to increase significantly as we continue to expand our
business. We believe that we will need to significantly increase our current
staff levels across all areas of our business over the next 12 months. In
addition, we expect to incur significant expenses to establish new data centers,
support and improve our operational and financial systems, pursue additional
channel partners, fund greater levels of research and development and broaden
our customer service and support capabilities. We cannot assure you that we will
ever be profitable on a quarterly or annual basis, or that if we achieve
profitability, it will be sustainable. Recurring losses without the prospect of
future profitability likely will depress the market price for our stock.


                                       9
<PAGE>

THE MARKET FOR MANAGED HOSTING SERVICES IS EXTREMELY COMPETITIVE, AND WE MAY BE
UNABLE TO COMPETE EFFECTIVELY IF WE DO NOT OFFER OUR CUSTOMERS PRICES AND
BENEFITS SUPERIOR TO THOSE OFFERED BY OUR COMPETITORS.



    The market for managed hosting services is highly competitive, with few
barriers to entry preventing new competitors from entering this market. We
expect that we will face additional competition from our existing competitors as
well as new market entrants in the future. Many of our current and potential
competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and marketing
resources, larger customer bases, longer operating histories, greater brand
recognition and more established relationships in the industry than we do. As a
result, some of these competitors may be able to:


    - develop and expand their network infrastructures and service offerings
      more rapidly;

    - adapt to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements
      more quickly;

    - take advantage of acquisition and other opportunities more readily;

    - devote greater resources to the marketing and sales of their services; and

    - adopt more aggressive pricing policies.


    In addition, some of our competitors have entered, and will likely continue
to enter, into joint ventures or other arrangements to provide additional
services competitive with those provided by us. We believe that the managed
hosting market is likely to experience consolidation in the near future, which
could result in larger and more formidable competitors, increased price
competition, the formation of strategic relationships across complementary
industries, including relationships with our suppliers and channel partners that
could limit our access to critical supplies, and other factors that could impair
our ability to compete effectively.



    In an effort to gain market share, we expect that competitors will offer
managed hosting services similar to ours at prices lower than ours or with
incentives not matched by us. In addition, some of our competitors may be able
to provide customers with additional benefits that could reduce the overall
costs of their services relative to ours. We may be unable to reduce the pricing
of our services or offer incentives in response to the actions of our
competitors without hindering our business.


    For more information about the competition we face in our market, please see
"Business--Competition."


IF WE ARE UNABLE TO ATTRACT AND RETAIN EXPERIENCED INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
PROFESSIONALS AND SKILLED SALES PERSONNEL, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO SUCCESSFULLY GROW
OUR BUSINESS.


    Our success depends on our ability to attract, integrate, motivate, train
and retain highly skilled technical personnel and other employees. In
particular, we need to attract experienced information technology professionals.
We face intense competition for these people and we expect competition to remain
intense as the technology industry continues to grow. Even if we expend
significant resources to recruit, train and retain qualified personnel, we may
not be successful in our efforts.


    We also must expand our direct and indirect sales operations to increase
market awareness of our services and generate increased revenues. We plan to
increase our sales force significantly in 2000. Newly-hired employees will
require training and it will take time for them to achieve full productivity. If
we are unable to hire enough qualified individuals in the future or if
newly-hired employees fail to achieve necessary levels of productivity, we would
be unable to effectively expand our business.


                                       10
<PAGE>

IF OUR OPERATING AND FINANCIAL SYSTEMS FAIL TO KEEP PACE WITH THE ANTICIPATED
GROWTH IN OUR BUSINESS, WE MAY EXPERIENCE OPERATING INEFFICIENCIES, CUSTOMER
DISSATISFACTION AND LOST REVENUE OPPORTUNITIES.



    The rapid growth of our business and our service offerings has placed, and
is likely to continue to place, a significant strain on our operating and
financial resources. Our future performance will partly depend on our ability to
manage our growth effectively, which will require that we further develop our
operating and financial system capabilities and controls. We are in the process
of implementing new billing and other management information systems. If our
information systems are unable to support the demands placed on them by the
rapid growth in our business, we may be forced to implement new systems which
would be disruptive to our business. If we fail to improve our operational
systems or to expand our customer service capabilities to keep pace with the
growth of our business, we could experience customer dissatisfaction, cost
inefficiencies and lost revenue opportunities. We may be unable to successfully
implement these systems when needed or they may not perform reliably.



IF WE FAIL TO EXPAND DATA CENTER CAPACITY TO MEET OUR CUSTOMERS' NEEDS, OUR
SERVICE OFFERINGS AND ABILITY TO RETAIN CUSTOMERS WOULD BE IMPAIRED.


    Continuing to expand data center capacity is critical to achieving our
business strategy. This expansion will include adding new hardware and software,
and further contemplates the opening of additional data centers in the United
States, Europe and Asia. Our ability to do so successfully depends on:

    - anticipating and planning for future demand levels;

    - having access to sufficient capital; and

    - locating and securing satisfactory data center sites and implementing the
      build-out of these sites,


all of which may require significant lead time. If we cannot expand capacity
effectively, our service offerings will be impaired and we may be unable to
adequately meet the needs of our customers, which could result in the loss of
customers.



IF OUR THIRD-PARTY SUPPLIERS DO NOT PROVIDE US WITH KEY COMPONENTS OF OUR
NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO DELIVER OUR SERVICES TO OUR
CUSTOMERS, WHICH MAY RESULT IN CUSTOMER DISSATISFACTION OR LOSS.



    We depend on other companies to supply key components of our network
infrastructure. Any failure to obtain needed products or services in a timely
fashion or at an acceptable cost could impair our ability to deliver our
services to our customers. We buy servers, routers and switches on an as-needed
basis and therefore do not carry significant inventories of these items. We also
have no guaranteed supply arrangements with our vendors. If this equipment were
to become unavailable or available only on terms that are not acceptable to us,
we would be forced to find alternative providers of this equipment. The
inability to obtain equipment from our existing suppliers on terms acceptable to
us would require us to expend time and money to select and obtain new equipment,
and to train our personnel to use different equipment and deploy alternative
components.



DISRUPTION OF OUR SERVICES CAUSED BY UNKNOWN SOFTWARE DEFECTS COULD DAMAGE OUR
REPUTATION AND RESULT IN LOST REVENUES AND DELAYED MARKET ACCEPTANCE.


    Our service offerings depend on complex software, including software
licensed from third parties. Complex software often contains defects,
particularly when first introduced or when new versions are released. We may not
discover software defects that affect our services until after the software is
deployed. Although we have not experienced any material software defects to
date, it is possible that defects may occur in the future. These defects could
cause service interruptions, which could damage our reputation, increase our
service costs, cause us to lose revenues, delay market acceptance or divert our
development resources.

                                       11
<PAGE>
PROVIDING SERVICES TO CUSTOMERS WITH MISSION-CRITICAL INTERNET SITES AND
WEB-BASED APPLICATIONS COULD POTENTIALLY EXPOSE US TO LAWSUITS FOR CUSTOMERS'
LOST PROFITS OR DAMAGES.


    Because our managed hosting services are critical to many of our customers'
businesses, any significant disruption in our services could result in lost
profits or other indirect or consequential damages to our customers. Our
customers are required to sign server order forms which incorporate our standard
terms and conditions. Although these terms disclaim our liability for any
indirect or consequential damages, a customer could still bring a lawsuit
against us claiming lost profits or other consequential damages as the result of
a service interruption or other Internet site or application problems that the
customer may ascribe to us. We cannot assure you that a court would enforce any
limitations on our liability, and the outcome of any lawsuit would depend on the
specific facts of the case and legal and policy considerations. In such cases,
we could be liable for substantial damage awards. These damages might exceed our
liability insurance by unknown but significant amounts, which could seriously
impair our financial condition.



WE HAVE MANY INTERNATIONAL CUSTOMERS, AND, AS A RESULT, OUR ABILITY TO OPERATE
AND EXPAND OUR BUSINESS MAY BE IMPEDED BY GOVERNMENTAL RESTRICTIONS IN FOREIGN
MARKETS.



    In the first quarter of 2000 and in the year ended December 31, 1999, 32.5%
and 33.4% of our revenues were derived from customers located outside of North
America. A key element of our strategy is to expand our customer base
internationally and successfully operate data centers in foreign markets.
Because our international sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, currency
fluctuations may deter foreign customers from purchasing our services. In
addition, we face risks in servicing customers in foreign markets, such as:


    - different Internet access fees;

    - different technology standards;

    - different privacy, censorship and service provider liability standards and
      regulations; and

    - less protective intellectual property laws.


Any of these risks could impair our ability to operate or expand
internationally, which would limit our ability to grow our business.



ANY FAILURE TO PROTECT OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY COULD HINDER OUR ABILITY TO
DELIVER DIFFERENTIATED MANAGED HOSTING SERVICES.



    Third parties may infringe or misappropriate our technology or proprietary
rights, which could compromise our competitive position in the managed hosting
market. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, service mark and trade
secret laws to protect our intellectual property. We also have internally
developed tools and procedures that are important to our business for which we
have no protection. Our competitors or potential competitors may independently
develop technologies that are equivalent or superior to the technology upon
which we rely. We have entered into contractual arrangements with our employees
and generally with contractors, suppliers, distributors and some of our key
customers in order to limit access to, and any disclosure of, our proprietary
information. However, these measures may not be sufficient to protect our
intellectual property. We may need to take legal action to protect our
intellectual property rights, which could be costly and divert the attention of
our technical and management personnel.


WE MAY BE ACCUSED OF INFRINGING THE PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF OTHERS, WHICH COULD
SUBJECT US TO COSTLY AND TIME-CONSUMING LITIGATION.


    In addition to the technologies we develop or have developed, we license
some technologies from third parties and may license additional technologies in
the future. Although we have not been accused


                                       12
<PAGE>

of infringing the proprietary rights of others in the past, we could become
subject to infringement actions based upon our internally-developed technologies
or technologies licensed from third parties. Any of these claims, with or
without merit, could subject us to costly litigation and divert the attention of
our technical and management personnel. In addition, third parties may change
the terms of their license agreements in ways that would prevent us from using
technologies licensed from them on commercially reasonable terms or that could
prevent us from using them at all. We may be unable to replace those
technologies with technologies that have the same features or functionality on
commercially reasonable terms or at all.



OUR ABILITY TO DEVELOP, INTRODUCE AND SELL OUR SERVICES COULD BE SIGNIFICANTLY
IMPAIRED IF OUR MANAGEMENT TEAM, WHICH HAS WORKED TOGETHER FOR ONLY A BRIEF
TIME, IS UNABLE TO WORK TOGETHER EFFECTIVELY, OR IF WE LOSE THE SERVICES OF KEY
PERSONNEL.



    We recently hired key employees and officers, including our Chief Financial
Officer and the Vice President, Product Development and Strategic Planning who
each joined us in April 2000, our Vice President, Sales and Marketing who joined
us in November 1999, our Vice President, Channel Sales and Strategic Alliances
who joined us in December 1999 and our Vice President, Operations who joined us
in November 1999. As a result, our management team has worked together for only
a brief time.



    We depend on the continued service of our key technical, sales and senior
management personnel, including Graham M. Weston, our Chief Executive Officer,
Morris A. Miller, our President and Chief Operating Officer, and our founders,
Patrick R. Condon, Dirk J. Elmendorf and Richard K. Yoo. Following this
offering, we will not maintain key-person insurance on any of our employees,
other than Mr. Weston. We do not have employment agreements with any of our key
employees, other than Messrs. Condon, Elmendorf, Moorman and Yoo. The terms of
these employment agreements are limited and if any key personnel are unable or
unwilling to continue in their present positions, our ability to develop,
introduce and sell our services could be significantly impaired.



BECAUSE WE ARE A HOLDING COMPANY, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO PAY DIVIDENDS TO OUR
STOCKHOLDERS OR MAKE DEBT PAYMENTS IF OUR SUBSIDIARIES ARE UNABLE TO PAY
DIVIDENDS OR MAKE DISTRIBUTIONS TO US.



    We are a holding company with no operations of our own. Therefore, if our
subsidiaries are unable to pay dividends or make distributions to us, we would
be unable to make dividend payments to our stockholders or pay any future
indebtedness. We do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable
future, if ever.



WE HAVE ADOPTED ANTI-TAKEOVER DEFENSES THAT COULD DELAY OR PREVENT AN
ACQUISITION OF OUR COMPANY, WHICH MAY DEPRESS THE MARKET PRICE FOR OUR STOCK.



    Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the
provisions of Delaware law could have the effect of delaying, deferring or
preventing an acquisition of our company, which may depress the market price for
our stock. For example, our board of directors will be divided into three
classes to serve staggered three-year terms, our stockholders will be unable to
take action by written consent and our stockholders will be limited in their
ability to make proposals at stockholder meetings. For more information about
these provisions, you should read "Description of Capital Stock."



WE MAY NEED ADDITIONAL CAPITAL TO FUND OUR OPERATIONS AND FINANCE OUR GROWTH,
AND WE MAY BE UNABLE TO OBTAIN IT ON TERMS ACCEPTABLE TO US, IF AT ALL.


    We believe that our existing capital resources, including the anticipated
proceeds of this offering, will enable us to maintain our current and planned
operations for at least the next 12 months. However, we may require additional
funds during or after that 12-month period. Any required

                                       13
<PAGE>
financing may not be available or may be available only on terms that are not
favorable to us. Further, if additional funds are raised through the issuance of
additional equity securities, the percentage ownership of our stockholders would
be diluted. Any new equity securities may have rights, preferences or privileges
senior to those of our common stock.

                         RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY


IF WE ARE UNABLE TO ADAPT TO EVOLVING TECHNOLOGIES AND CUSTOMER DEMANDS IN A
TIMELY AND COST-EFFECTIVE MANNER, OUR ABILITY TO SUSTAIN AND GROW OUR BUSINESS
MAY SUFFER.



    Our market is characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving
industry standards and frequent new product announcements. These characteristics
are magnified by the recent growth of the Internet and the intense competition
in our industry. We also are subject to risks from technological changes in the
way managed hosting solutions are marketed and delivered. To be successful, we
must adapt to our rapidly changing market by continually improving the
performance, features and reliability of our services and modifying our business
strategies accordingly. We could also incur substantial costs if we need to
modify our services or infrastructure in order to adapt to these changes. Our
ability to sustain and grow our business would suffer if we fail to respond to
these changes in a timely and cost-effective manner.



OUR ABILITY TO EXPAND OUR CUSTOMER BASE WILL BE IMPAIRED IF INTERNET USAGE DOES
NOT CONTINUE TO INCREASE, IF THE INTERNET FAILS TO PERFORM RELIABLY OR IF THE
INTERNET PROVES NOT TO BE SECURE.



    Use of the Internet for retrieving, sharing and transferring information
among businesses, consumers, suppliers and partners is increasing rapidly. Our
ability to grow our business and expand our customer base depends on continued
growth in the use of the Internet, and this ability would be impaired if
Internet use does not continue to grow, particularly among small- to
medium-sized enterprises. Internet use and growth may be inhibited for a number
of reasons, such as:


    - inadequate network infrastructure;

    - concerns about the security of confidential information;

    - concerns about acts of sabotage, vandalism and other similar events such
      as the events that adversely impacted the Web sites of Yahoo! and eBay in
      February 2000;

    - uncertainty of legal and regulatory issues concerning the use of the
      Internet;

    - adoption of onerous laws or governmental regulations; and

    - lack of availability of cost-effective, reliable, high-speed service.


    If Internet usage grows, the Internet infrastructure may not be able to
support the demands placed on it by this growth, or its performance and
reliability may decline. For example, Web sites have experienced interruptions
in service as a result of outages or acts of sabotage, vandalism or other
similar events. If these outages or delays occur frequently, use of the Internet
as a commercial or business medium could in the future grow more slowly or
decline, which would hinder our ability to grow our business. In addition,
because a number of our services include the transmission of confidential
information, we could experience decreased revenues and a loss of customers if
Internet users significantly reduce their use of the Internet due to security or
privacy concerns.



REGULATORY AND LEGAL UNCERTAINTIES COULD RESULT IN SIGNIFICANT COSTS OR
POTENTIAL LIABILITY.



    Laws and regulations directly applicable to commerce or communications over
the Internet are becoming increasingly prevalent. However, many laws affecting
the Internet remain largely unsettled. The adoption or modification of laws or
regulations relating to the Internet could impede our ability to execute our
business plan, especially if they impose direct costs on us or if they curtail
the growth of the Internet. If liability for materials carried on or
disseminated through Web sites on the Internet is


                                       14
<PAGE>

imposed on hosting services providers, we would be required to implement
measures to reduce our exposure to liability. These measures could require us to
expend substantial resources or discontinue offering affected services. In
addition, liability issues, including as a result of lawsuits, legislation and
legislative proposals, could divert management's attention, result in
unanticipated expenses and harm our business. If legislation in the U.S. or
abroad is adopted that makes transacting business over the Internet less
favorable, our business would suffer. For instance, if legislation to tax
e-commerce transactions were enacted, the demand for managed hosting services
would likely decrease. See "Business--Government Regulation."


                         RISKS RELATED TO THIS OFFERING


OUR PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS, DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS WILL OWN
APPROXIMATELY 66% OF OUR COMMON STOCK FOLLOWING THIS OFFERING, WHICH MAY ALLOW
THEM TO EXERT INFLUENCE OVER US OR TO PREVENT A CHANGE OF CONTROL.



    After this offering, our principal stockholders, directors and executive
officers will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately 66% of our
outstanding common stock. These stockholders, acting together, will be able to
exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval,
including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate
transactions. This concentration of ownership may also delay or prevent a change
in our control even if beneficial to our stockholders.


SUBSTANTIAL FUTURE SALES OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN THE PUBLIC MARKET MAY DEPRESS
OUR STOCK PRICE.


    Our current stockholders hold a substantial number of shares, which they
will be able to sell in the public market in the near future. Sales of a
substantial number of shares of our common stock, or the perception that such
sales will occur, after this offering could cause our stock price to fall. In
addition, the sale of shares by our stockholders could impair our ability to
raise capital through our sale of newly-issued stock. You should read "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale" for a more complete discussion of shares that may be
sold in the public market in the future.



OUR QUARTERLY AND ANNUAL RESULTS ARE LIKELY TO FLUCTUATE SIGNIFICANTLY AND MAY
FAIL TO MEET OR EXCEED THE EXPECTATIONS OF SECURITIES ANALYSTS OR INVESTORS,
CAUSING OUR STOCK PRICE TO BE VOLATILE AND POTENTIALLY RESULTING IN CLAIMS
AGAINST US.



    Our quarterly and annual operating results are likely to fluctuate
significantly due to a number of factors, many of which are outside our control.
If our operating results do not meet the expectations of securities analysts or
investors, our stock price may be volatile. Factors that could cause our
operating results to fluctuate include:



    - new customer installations;



    - our retention of existing customers;



    - fluctuations in data communications costs;



    - timing and magnitude of capital expenditures;



    - costs relating to the expansion of our operations;



    - changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors; and



    - economic conditions specific to the hosting industry, as well as general
      economic conditions.


    In the past, securities class action litigation often has been brought
against a company following periods of volatility in the market price of its
common stock. We may be the target of similar litigation in the future.
Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management's
attention and resources.

                                       15
<PAGE>
                FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND ASSOCIATED RISKS


    This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements
include, among others, statements relating to expenditure levels, the adequacy
of capital resources and plans for expansion of our marketing and sales efforts,
risk factors, use of proceeds, liquidity, strategy, sales and technology and
network operations. These statements may be found under "Prospectus Summary,"
"Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Business." Forward-looking statements are typically
identified by the use of terms such as "may," "will," "expect," "intend,"
"anticipate," "estimate" and similar words, although some forward-looking
statements are expressed differently. You should be aware that our actual
results could differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking
statements due to a number of factors, including without limitation, changes in
external competitive market factors, changes in our business strategy or an
inability to execute our strategy, unanticipated changes in the hosting industry
or in the economy in general and changes in use of the Internet, particularly by
small- and medium-sized enterprises. We cannot guarantee future results, levels
of activity, performance or achievements. You should also consider carefully the
statements under "Risk Factors" and other sections of this prospectus, which
address additional factors that could cause our actual results to differ from
those set forth in the forward-looking statements.



    This prospectus contains estimates of market growth related to the Internet.
These estimates have been included in studies by market research and other firms
including International Data Corporation and Internet Operating System Counter
(leb.net/hzo/ioscount). These estimates have been produced by industry analysts
based on trends to date, their knowledge of technologies and markets, and
customer research, but these are forecasts only and are subject to inherent
uncertainty.


                                       16
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS


    We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common
stock in this offering will be approximately $45.2 million, at an assumed
initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, after deducting the estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable
by us. If the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, we
estimate that the net proceeds will be approximately $52.1 million.



    We intend to use approximately $8.0 million of the net proceeds of this
offering to fund capital expenditures associated with the purchase of computer
and networking hardware. We also intend to use approximately $15.0 million to
establish a data center presence in London in the second quarter of 2000, and,
in the next 18 months, to establish a data center presence in Asia and a second
data center presence in the U.S. We expect to use the balance of the net
proceeds for the expansion of our sales and marketing and product development
activities, working capital and other general corporate purposes. In addition,
we may use some of the net proceeds for strategic investments or acquisitions;
however, we have no current agreements or commitments with respect to any
acquisition or investments of this type. Our management will have significant
flexibility in applying the net proceeds of this offering and may spend the
proceeds from this offering in ways that the stockholders may not deem
desirable.


    The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many
factors, including cash flows from operations and the growth of our business.
Until we use the net proceeds of this offering for the above purposes, we intend
to invest the funds in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing
securities. We cannot predict whether the proceeds invested will yield a
favorable return.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

    We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock since
inception. We intend to retain any future earnings for developing and expanding
our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable
future.


                                HOLDING COMPANY



    Rackspace, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership, was formed on December 29,
1998, to provide managed Internet hosting services. To establish our initial
business, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Cymitar Technology
Group, Inc., a Texas corporation, in December 1998. In contemplation of this
public offering, we effected a reorganization of our operating structure by
incorporating Rackspace.com, Inc. in Delaware on March 7, 2000 to serve as a
holding company. To complete the holding company restructuring, the holders of
limited partner interests and the general partner interest in Rackspace, Ltd.
have agreed to exchange their respective partnership interests for an aggregate
of 20,377,042 shares of common stock in Rackspace.com, Inc. Contemporaneously
with that exchange, we will contribute the general partner interest and limited
partner interests in Rackspace, Ltd. to two wholly-owned subsidiaries.


                                       17
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION


    The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2000:


    - on an actual basis;


    - on a pro forma basis to reflect the completion of the holding company
      restructuring through the exchange of all limited partner interests and
      the general partner interest of Rackspace, Ltd. for an aggregate of
      20,377,042 shares of our common stock; and



    - on a pro forma as adjusted basis to additionally reflect the net proceeds
      to us from the sale of 3,800,000 shares of our common stock in this
      offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share
      less estimated underwriting expenses and other estimated offering
      expenses.


    This information should be read in conjunction with our financial statements
and notes relating to these statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    MARCH 31, 2000
                                                        ---------------------------------------
                                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                          ACTUAL       PRO FORMA    AS ADJUSTED
                                                        -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>           <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.............................  $12,535,029   $12,535,029   $57,727,029
                                                        ===========   ===========   ===========
Partners' capital.....................................   15,429,204
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.001 par value, 30,000,000 shares
    authorized, no shares issued and outstanding,
    actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted.......
  Common stock, $.001 par value, 170,000,000 shares
    authorized, no shares issued and outstanding,
    actual; 20,377,042 shares issued and outstanding,
    pro forma; 24,177,042 shares issued and
    outstanding, pro forma as adjusted................                     20,377        24,177
Additional paid-in capital............................                 16,644,890    61,833,090
Deferred stock compensation...........................                 (1,236,063)   (1,236,063)
                                                        -----------   -----------   -----------
  Total partners' capital/stockholders' equity........   15,429,204    15,429,204    60,621,204
                                                        -----------   -----------   -----------
    Total capitalization..............................  $15,429,204   $15,429,204   $60,621,204
                                                        ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>


    The share information set forth above excludes:


    - 570,000 shares to be sold by us if the underwriters' over-allotment option
      is exercised in full, as described in "Underwriting";



    - 577,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted to
      employees outstanding as of March 31, 2000, with a weighted average
      exercise price of $1.92 per share;



    - 457,142 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants
      outstanding as of March 31, 2000, which were granted to investors in a
      private equity financing in November 1999, with an exercise price of $1.75
      per share;


    -         shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants
      outstanding to Norwest Venture Partners and Sequoia Capital which were
      granted in a private equity financing completed in March 2000; and

    -       additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under
      the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.


    See "Management--2000 Stock Incentive Plan," "Description of Capital Stock"
and Note 7 of notes to our financial statements.


                                       18
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION


    Our pro forma net tangible book value at March 31, 2000 was $15.3 million,
or $0.73 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share
represents the amount of our tangible net assets, which is defined as total
assets less intangible assets, less total liabilities, divided by the pro forma
number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2000, after giving
effect to the completion of the holding company restructuring through the
exchange of all limited partner interests and the general partner interest of
Rackspace, Ltd. for an aggregate of 20,377,042 shares of our common stock.



    Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the
difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common
stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of
common stock immediately after the completion of this offering. After giving
effect to our sale of 3,800,000 shares of common stock in this offering at an
assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share and after deducting
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us and the application of the estimated net proceeds from the
offering, our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value at March 31, 2000 would
have been $60.0 million, or $2.48 per share. This amount represents an immediate
increase in pro forma net tangible book value to our existing stockholders of
$1.75 per share and an immediate dilution to new investors of $10.52 per share.
The following table illustrates this per share dilution:



<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............              $13.00
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share at March 31,
    2000....................................................   $0.73
  Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share
    attributable to new investors...........................    1.75
                                                               -----
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
  offering..................................................                2.48
                                                                          ------
Dilution per share to new investors.........................              $10.52
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>



    If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our
adjusted pro forma net tangible book value at March 31, 2000 would have been
$66.9 million, or $2.70 per share, representing an immediate increase in pro
forma net tangible book value to our existing stockholders of $1.97 per share
and an immediate dilution to new investors of $10.30 per share.



    The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2000 and after giving effect
to the pro forma adjustments described above, the differences between the number
of shares of common stock purchased from us, the aggregate cash consideration
paid to us and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and
by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The
calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00
per share, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         SHARES PURCHASED       TOTAL CONSIDERATION      AVERAGE
                                       ---------------------   ----------------------     PRICE
                                         NUMBER     PERCENT      AMOUNT      PERCENT    PER SHARE
                                       ----------   --------   -----------   --------   ---------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>
Existing stockholders................  20,377,042    84.3%     $18,846,598    27.6%      $ 0.92
New investors........................   3,800,000    15.7%      49,400,000    72.4%       13.00
                                       ----------    -----     -----------    -----
      Total..........................  24,177,042     100%     $68,246,598     100%
                                       ==========    =====     ===========    =====
</TABLE>



    The tables and calculations above assume no exercise of outstanding options.
At March 31, 2000, there were 577,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options granted to employees outstanding with a weighted average
exercise price of $1.92 per share and       shares reserved for future issuance
under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. In addition, at March 31, 2000, there were
457,142 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants issued to
an investor in a private equity financing in November 1999, with an exercise
price of $1.75 per share, and warrants outstanding to purchase an aggregate of
      shares issued to Norwest Venture Partners and Sequoia Capital in a private
equity financing completed in March 2000.


    To the extent that these options and warrants are exercised, there will be
further dilution to new investors. See "Management--2000 Stock Incentive Plan."

                                       19
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA


    The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and our financial statements and related notes included in this
prospectus. The selected data presented below under the captions "Statement of
Operations Data" and "Balance Sheet Data" as of December 31, 1998 and 1999 and
for the period from December 29, 1998 to December 31, 1998 and the year ended
December 31, 1999, are derived from the financial statements of
Rackspace, Ltd., and the "Statement of Operations Data" for the year ended
December 31, 1997 and the period from January 1, 1998 to December 28, 1998 are
derived from the financial statements of Cymitar Technology Group, Inc., all of
which financial statements have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent certified
public accountants. The selected financial data for Rackspace for the three
months ended March 31, 1999 and March 31, 2000 have been derived from the
unaudited financial statements for such periods, which financial statements, in
the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring accruals, necessary to state fairly the data included therein in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Interim results are
not necessarily indicative of financial results expected for the full fiscal
year.



    The pro forma information regarding net loss per share and weighted average
shares outstanding set forth below gives effect to the exchange of all limited
partner interests and the general partner interest of Rackspace, Ltd. for shares
of our common stock for all periods presented. See our financial statements and
the notes to these statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for the
determination of the number of shares used in computing pro forma basic and
diluted net loss per share.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           THE PREDECESSOR                                   THE COMPANY
                                    -----------------------------   -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                                     PERIOD FROM    DECEMBER 29,
                                                     JANUARY 1,         1998
                                                        1998         (INCEPTION)                         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                     YEAR ENDED        THROUGH         THROUGH       YEAR ENDED     -----------------------------
                                    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 28,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,       MARCH 31,
                                        1997            1998            1998            1999            1999            2000
                                    -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                 <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Total revenues..................    $ 72,535        $ 166,632      $        76     $ 1,700,537     $   125,507     $ 1,434,967
  Operating expenses:
    Cost of revenues..............      38,895           73,767               --         513,424          31,232         622,571
    Sales and marketing...........         648            3,615               --       1,612,071          78,414       1,510,535
    General and administrative....      47,705          181,260               23         870,155          80,774         811,509
    Product development...........          --               --               --          52,712           7,724          53,105
    Depreciation and
      amortization................       6,912           12,363              262         261,730          20,513         304,442
    Amortization of deferred stock
      compensation................          --               --               --              --              --         380,378
                                      --------        ---------      -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
    Total operating expenses......      94,160          271,005              285       3,310,092         218,657       3,682,540
                                      --------        ---------      -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
      Loss from operations........     (21,625)        (104,373)            (209)     (1,609,555)        (93,150)     (2,247,573)
  Other income (expense)..........      (3,247)          (7,767)             (66)        (43,243)         (3,682)        102,874
                                      --------        ---------      -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
      Net loss....................    $(24,872)       $(112,140)     $      (275)    $(1,652,798)    $   (96,832)    $(2,144,699)
                                      ========        =========      ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
PRO FORMA LOSS PER SHARE:
      Net loss...................................................    $      (275)    $(1,652,798)    $   (96,832)    $(2,144,699)
                                                                     ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
      Basic and diluted net loss per share.......................    $     (0.00)    $     (0.13)    $     (0.01)    $     (0.12)
                                                                     ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
      Weighted average shares outstanding used in pro forma basic
        and diluted per share calculation........................     12,000,000      12,879,718      12,000,000      18,043,072
                                                                     ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
<CAPTION>
                                                        AS OF                            AS OF DECEMBER 31,             AS OF
                                                    DECEMBER 31,                    -----------------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                        1997                            1998            1999            2000
                                                    -------------                   -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents......................     $  19,183                      $   150,000     $ 3,794,784     $12,535,029
  Working capital................................        16,548                          154,232       2,735,337      10,853,096
  Total assets...................................        38,724                          343,161       5,863,786      17,740,590
  Total partners' capital/stockholders' equity
    (deficit)....................................       (27,902)                         192,094       4,643,525      15,429,204
</TABLE>


                                       20
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION OF THE FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS OF RACKSPACE.COM, INC. SHOULD BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
THIS DISCUSSION CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. OUR ACTUAL RESULTS COULD DIFFER FROM THOSE ANTICIPATED IN THESE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AS A RESULT OF VARIOUS FACTORS INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THOSE DISCUSSED IN "RISK FACTORS," "FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND
ASSOCIATED RISKS," "BUSINESS" AND OTHER SECTIONS OF THIS PROSPECTUS.

OVERVIEW


    We provide managed Linux-based Internet hosting services primarily targeted
to small- to medium-sized enterprises worldwide. Through our managed hosting
services, we enable our customers to outsource their Internet operations while
allowing them to rapidly upgrade their server hardware and add bandwidth to
support their needs as they expand. Our service offerings are sold as a complete
hosting service package that can be configured, priced and ordered at our Web
site. All of our service packages include a built-to-order Internet server which
is dedicated for the exclusive use by a specific customer. We guarantee that a
customer's dedicated server will be deployed within 24 hours after order
confirmation in our state-of-the-art data center with around-the-clock
monitoring, security and technical support. As of March 31, 2000, we managed an
installed base of over 1,200 servers within our data center for more than 900
customers, with approximately 48% of these customers located outside of the
United States in over 50 countries around the world.


    Since inception, we have incurred net losses and experienced negative cash
flow from operations. We intend to continue to invest significant resources to
enhance our brand identity and aggressively build our customer base worldwide.
In addition, we intend to establish additional data centers and expand our
network infrastructure, including our customer service and technical support
capabilities. As a result, we expect to continue to operate at a net loss and to
experience negative cash flows for the foreseeable future. Our ability to
achieve profitability and positive cash flow from operations will be dependent
upon our ability to expand significantly the number of customers for our
services, to retain our customers, to maintain our current prices and to achieve
operating efficiencies over a larger subscriber base.

  CORPORATE RESTRUCTURING


    Our company, Rackspace.com, Inc., is a newly-formed Delaware corporation
that will serve as the successor-in-interest to the business currently conducted
by Rackspace, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership. Prior to the completion of this
offering, the holders of limited partner interests and the general partner
interest in Rackspace, Ltd., as well as holders of options to acquire limited
partner interests in Rackspace, Ltd., will exchange their equity interests in
Rackspace, Ltd. for shares of our common stock or options, as the case may be.
Our operations will continue to be largely conducted by Rackspace, Ltd., with
two newly-formed, wholly-owned limited liability companies of
Rackspace.com, Inc. serving as its sole limited partner and sole general
partner, respectively. Rackspace, Ltd. originally was formed in December 1998 to
acquire substantially all of the assets of Cymitar Technology Group, Inc., a
Texas corporation that was incorporated in December 1997 and prior to that,
operated as a sole proprietorship beginning in March 1996. Cymitar Technology
Group, Inc. provided information technology consulting services to companies in
the San Antonio region. The asset acquisition was completed on December 29,
1998.


                                       21
<PAGE>
  COMPARABILITY OF RESULTS


    We began focusing our efforts on our managed hosting services in
December 1998. Prior to that time, our predecessor, Cymitar Technology Group,
was engaged in activities primarily unrelated to our current operations and,
accordingly, comparisons of operating results for the year ended December 31,
1997 and the period ended December 28, 1998 with our operating results for the
year ended December 31, 1999 are not meaningful and have not been made.


  REVENUES


    We derive our revenues primarily from recurring monthly subscriptions for
our managed hosting services, which include the provision of an Internet server,
deployment of that server in our data center, an allocated amount of bandwidth,
monitoring, security and technical support provided on an around-the-clock, or
"24X7," basis. In addition, we derive revenues from:


    - one-time set-up fees for initial installations;

    - sales of upgrades for server system hardware and software;

    - charges assessed for bandwidth usage in excess of the allocated amount
      under customers' subscription agreements;

    - other enhanced services that we offer to customers separately from their
      subscription agreements;

    - managed colocation services; and

    - system management services that are not included in subscription plan
      packages.

    Monthly subscriptions are invoiced at the outset of the first month's
subscription and on approximately the same day in each successive month that the
subscription is renewed. Set-up fees also are invoiced at the outset of the
monthly subscription. Upgrades, excess bandwidth usage and technical services
are invoiced with the following month's subscription payment.

    Because subscription revenues are prepaid on the first day of the monthly
subscription period and because the first day of each subscription period varies
from customer to customer, we defer a pro rata portion of each month's billings
to the following month. Therefore, we recognize only the revenue earned during
the time period in question. Deferred revenue is recorded at the end of each
quarter to reflect invoices billed during the last month of the quarter but not
recognized as revenue during that quarter. Other fees and charges are recognized
at the time the related services and products are provided to the customer.

    In 1999, 33.4% of our revenues were derived from customers located outside
of North America. All of our sales to date have been denominated in U.S.
dollars. We believe that a significant portion of our revenues will continue to
be derived from customers outside of the U.S. as our services, and in
particular, our Linux-based services, receive a high level of acceptance in
international markets.

  OPERATING EXPENSES

    Our operating expenses are comprised of:

    - cost of revenues, which consists primarily of the cost of contracting for
      lines from telecommunication providers to supply our customers with
      bandwidth, as well as compensation and related expense for customer
      service and technical support and costs of operating our data center;

                                       22
<PAGE>
    - sales and marketing, which consists primarily of print and Internet
      advertising expenses, compensation for sales and marketing personnel and
      public relations and other marketing expenses;

    - general and administrative, which consists primarily of corporate
      compensation and related expenses, professional fees and occupancy costs;


    - product development, which consists of employee-related expenses and other
      expenses dedicated towards the development of new service and product
      offerings for our customers;



    - depreciation and amortization, which consists of depreciation of all of
      our physical assets and amortization of costs for licensed software and
      goodwill; and



    - amortization of deferred stock compensation, which consists of additional
      operating expense incurred in connection with the grant of options to
      employees which were first granted in 2000.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


    The following table sets forth selected financial data for the quarters
ended March 31, 2000 and March 31, 1999, and for the year ended December 31,
1999, set forth as a percentage of total revenues in each period:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                YEAR ENDED     THREE MONTHS     THREE MONTHS
                                               DECEMBER 31,       ENDED            ENDED
                                                   1999       MARCH 31, 1999   MARCH 31, 2000
                                               ------------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>              <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Total revenues.............................      100.0%          100.0%           100.0%

  Operating expenses:
    Cost of revenues.........................       30.2            24.9             43.4
    Sales and marketing......................       94.8            62.5            105.3
    General and administrative...............       51.2            64.3             56.6
    Product development......................        3.1             6.2              3.7
    Depreciation and amortization............       15.4            16.3             21.2
    Amortization of deferred stock
      compensation...........................         --              --             26.5
                                                   -----           -----           ------
      Total operating expenses...............      194.7           174.2            256.7
                                                   -----           -----           ------
        Loss from operations.................      (94.7)          (74.2)          (156.7)

  Other income (expense).....................       (2.5)           (2.9)             7.2
                                                   -----           -----           ------

        Net loss.............................      (97.2)%         (77.1)%         (149.5)%
                                                   =====           =====           ======
</TABLE>



  THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
  1999



    REVENUES.  Revenues increased 1,043.3% to $1.4 million in the quarter ended
March 31, 2000 from $126,000 in the quarter ended March 31, 1999. This increase
was primarily due to a large increase in the number of customers for our managed
hosting services in the quarter over quarter periods. We anticipate that revenue
growth in future periods will be derived from new customers for our services, as
well as service plan upgrades by our existing customers.



    COST OF REVENUES.  Cost of revenues increased to $623,000 in the quarter
ended March 31, 2000 from $31,000 in the quarter ended March 31, 1999,
representing 43.4% and 24.9% of total revenues for the respective quarters. The
increase in cost of revenues in dollar amount and as a percentage of total
revenues was primarily due to costs associated with the expansion of our
technical support staff to support new subscribers and our anticipated rapid
growth, as well as costs associated with the


                                       23
<PAGE>

provisioning of bandwidth in advance of anticipated demand for our hosting
services. We anticipate that cost of revenues will increase in both dollar
amount and, in the near term, as a percentage of revenues as we establish
additional data centers and enter into additional bandwidth contracts to offer
hosting services in advance of customer demand for those services. However, in
the long term, cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues should eventually
stabilize if we are able to achieve greater economies of scale by serving a
larger customer base through our network infrastructure and data centers.



    SALES AND MARKETING.  Sales and marketing expense increased to $1.5 million
in the quarter ended March 31, 2000 from $78,000 in the quarter ended March 31,
1999, representing 105.3% and 62.5% of total revenues for the respective
quarters. The increase in sales and marketing expense, both in dollar amount and
as a percentage of revenues, was primarily due to an increase in advertising
expenditures in 2000, as well as an increase in employee-related expenses
associated with a significant increase in the number of marketing-related
personnel and an increase in expenses for other marketing activities conducted
in the first quarter of 2000. Because we intend to significantly expand our
sales and marketing staff and pursue expanded sales and marketing activities in
future periods, sales and marketing expense will continue to increase in dollar
amount, and may increase in the short term as a percentage of revenues as we
develop and expand our marketing initiatives.



    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  General and administrative expense increased to
$812,000 in the quarter ended March 31, 2000 from $81,000 in the quarter ended
March 31, 1999, representing 56.6% and 64.3% of total revenues for the
respective quarters. The increase in the dollar amount of general and
administrative expense was primarily due to an increase in employee-related
compensation and benefits and, to a lesser extent, an increase in professional
fees and allocation of occupancy expense. The decrease in general and
administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues in the quarter over quarter
period was due to the large increase in revenues in the first quarter of 2000 as
compared to the first quarter of 1999 relative to such expense. We expect that
general and administrative expense will increase in dollar amount in future
periods as we expand our international operations, but we anticipate that it
will decrease as a percentage of revenues to the extent that we are able to
achieve a larger customer base for our services.



    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT.  Product development expense increased to $53,000 in
the quarter ended March 31, 2000 from $8,000 in the quarter ended March 31,
1999, representing 3.7% and 6.2% of total revenues for the respective quarters.
The increase in product development expense was the result of increased
employee-related expenses in the 2000 period. We anticipate that product
development expense will increase in both dollar amount and as a percentage of
revenues in future periods as a result of our increased emphasis on developing
new network and hosting services for our customer base.



    DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION.  Depreciation and amortization expense
increased to $304,000 in the quarter ended March 31, 2000 from $21,000 in the
quarter ended March 31, 1999, representing 21.2% and 16.3% of total revenues for
the respective quarters. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense,
both in dollar amount and as a percentage of revenues, was the result of an
increase in server and networking equipment capital expenditures during 1999 and
the first quarter of 2000 needed to support our expanded customer base.



    AMORTIZATION OF DEFERRED STOCK COMPENSATION.  During the first quarter of
2000, we granted options to purchase the equivalent of 577,000 shares of common
stock to employees at exercise prices ranging from $.01 to $2.78 per share. The
exercise price of these options was below the fair value of the underlying
common stock at the date of grant. Pursuant to Accounting Principles Board
("APB") No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," we recorded deferred
stock compensation of approximately $1.6 million as a reduction of partners'
capital. For the quarter ended March 31, 2000, we amortized $380,000 of this
deferred stock compensation amount, leaving $1.2 million to be amortized over
the remaining balance of the applicable vesting periods, which is generally
three years.


                                       24
<PAGE>

    The amortization of deferred stock compensation recorded during the quarter
ended March 31, 2000, as allocated among our functional departments, was as
follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                           <C>
Cost of revenue.............................................  $ 23,000
Sales and marketing.........................................   129,000
General and administrative..................................   182,000
Product development.........................................    46,000
                                                              --------
  Total amortization of deferred stock compensation.........  $380,000
                                                              ========
</TABLE>



    There were no stock based compensation awards prior to 2000 and,
accordingly, there was no amortization of deferred stock compensation in 1999.



    OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE).  Other income (expense) increased to $103,000 in the
quarter ended March 31, 2000 from ($3,700) in the quarter ended March 31, 1999.
The increase was due to interest income on the net proceeds received in our
private placement financing in November 1999. We anticipate that income included
in other income (expense) will increase in amount during the second half of 2000
as a result of interest income from interest-bearing investments that are made
with the proceeds of this offering.



  RESULTS FOR 1999



    REVENUES.  Revenues in 1999 were $1.7 million. These revenues were derived
from customers for our managed hosting services in 1999. We increased our
customer base from 57 at January 31, 1999 to 524 at December 31, 1999.



    COST OF REVENUES.  Cost of revenues was $513,000 in 1999, representing 30.2%
of revenues. Bandwidth costs represented the majority of this amount, with
customer service and technical support personnel-related expenses and data
center-related and other expenses representing the balance. We typically enter
into long-term contracts with our bandwidth providers. These long-term
commitments may negatively affect our operating results if we are unable to
fully utilize the capacity of our current bandwidth providers.



    SALES AND MARKETING.  Sales and marketing expense was $1.6 million in 1999,
representing 94.8% of revenues. Advertising, public relations and trade
show-related marketing expenditures represented the majority of this amount,
with compensation and related expenses of our sales and marketing personnel
representing the balance.



    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  General and administrative expense was $870,000
in 1999, representing 51.2% of revenues. General and administrative expenses
were composed primarily of employee related expenses.



    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT.  Product development expense was $53,000 in 1999,
representing 3.1% of revenues. Product development expenses were composed
primarily of employee related expenses.



    DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION.  Depreciation and amortization expense was
$262,000 in 1999, representing 15.4% of revenues.



    OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE).  Other income (expense) was ($43,000) in 1999,
representing 2.5% of revenues. Other income (expense) consisted of interest
expense on a note that was converted to equity in the fourth quarter as well as
other net interest expense.


    INCOME TAXES.  No provision for federal income taxes has been recorded as we
have incurred net operating losses from inception through December 31, 1999 as
our operations have been conducted as a limited partnership prior to this
offering. Consequently, we have not accumulated a net operating loss that may be
used to offset future taxable income.

                                       25
<PAGE>
SELECTED QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

    The following table sets forth unaudited statement of operations data for
each of the four quarters in 1999 and the first quarter of 2000, as well as the
percentage of our revenues represented by each item. This data has been derived
from unaudited interim financial statements prepared on the same basis as the
audited financial statements contained in this prospectus. The interim financial
statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments,
that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this information when
considered in conjunction with our financial statements and notes appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results for any quarter should not
be considered indicative of the results for any future period.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              QUARTER ENDED
                                       ------------------------------------------------------------
                                       MARCH 31,   JUNE 30,    SEPT. 30,    DEC. 31,     MARCH 31,
                                         1999        1999        1999         1999         2000
                                       ---------   ---------   ---------   ----------   -----------
<S>                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Total revenues.....................  $125,507    $ 263,483   $ 508,750   $  802,797   $ 1,434,967
  Operating expenses:
    Cost of revenues.................    31,232      100,789     104,222      277,181       622,571
    Sales and marketing..............    78,414      253,942     410,300      869,415     1,510,535
    General and administrative.......    80,774      156,736     171,393      461,252       811,509
    Product development..............     7,724        9,960       9,960       25,068        53,105
    Depreciation and amortization....    20,513       43,235      75,354      122,628       304,442
    Amortization of deferred stock
      compensation...................        --           --          --           --       380,378
                                       --------    ---------   ---------   ----------   -----------
      Total operating expenses.......   218,657      564,662     771,229    1,755,544     3,682,540
                                       --------    ---------   ---------   ----------   -----------
        Loss from operations.........   (93,150)    (301,179)   (262,479)    (952,747)   (2,247,573)
  Other income (expense).............    (3,682)     (10,022)    (19,528)     (10,011)      102,874
                                       --------    ---------   ---------   ----------   -----------
        Net loss.....................  $(96,832)   $(311,201)  $(282,007)  $ (962,758)  $(2,144,699)
                                       ========    =========   =========   ==========   ===========
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 QUARTER ENDED
                                           ---------------------------------------------------------
                                           MARCH 31,   JUNE 30,    SEPT. 30,   DEC. 31,    MARCH 31,
                                             1999        1999        1999        1999        2000
                                           ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
AS A PERCENTAGE OF REVENUES:
  Total revenues.........................     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
  Operating expenses:
    Cost of revenues.....................      24.9        38.3        20.5        34.5        43.4
    Sales and marketing..................      62.5        96.4        80.6       108.3       105.3
    General and administrative...........      64.4        59.5        33.7        57.5        56.6
    Product development..................       6.2         3.8         2.0         3.1         3.7
    Depreciation and amortization........      16.3        16.4        14.8        15.3        21.2
    Amortization of deferred stock
      compensation.......................        --          --          --          --        26.5
                                            -------    --------     -------    --------    --------
      Total operating expenses...........     174.3       214.4       151.6       218.7       256.7
                                            -------    --------     -------    --------    --------
        Loss from operations.............     (74.3)     (114.4)      (51.6)     (118.7)     (156.7)
  Other income (expense).................      (2.9)       (3.8)       (3.8)       (1.2)        7.2
                                            -------    --------     -------    --------    --------
        Net loss.........................     (77.2)%    (118.2)%     (55.4)%    (119.9)%    (149.5)%
                                            =======    ========     =======    ========    ========
</TABLE>



    REVENUES.  Revenues increased 93.1% during the quarter ended September 30,
1999, 57.8% during the quarter ended December 31, 1999, and 78.7% during the
quarter ended March 31, 2000, in each case as compared to the preceding quarter,
as a result of significant increases in our customer base during each quarter.


                                       26
<PAGE>

    COST OF REVENUES.  Cost of revenues increased in each quarter and fluctuated
as a percentage of revenues. Fluctuations in cost of revenues as a percentage of
revenues primarily were attributable to our purchase of additional bandwidth
capacity in advance of customer subscriptions for our hosting services. As
utilization of bandwidth increases, cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues
will tend to decline until we purchase additional bandwidth to support
customers' use of our services at which time the percentage will increase,
reflecting the reduced utilization of our bandwidth as a percentage of our total
available bandwidth. Additionally, cost of revenues increased during the quarter
ended March 31, 2000 as a percentage of revenues as we expanded our customer
service and technical support teams in order to support future growth in our
customer base.



    SALES AND MARKETING.  Sales and marketing expense increased significantly
during each quarter of 1999 as we increased our sales and marketing staff as
well as increased advertising and promotional expenditures during the year.
Sales and marketing expenses increased in dollar amount from the quarter ended
December 31, 1999 to the quarter ended March 31, 2000, but decreased as a
percentage of revenues from 108.3% to 105.3%. Our sales and marketing activities
will continue to increase as we establish our telemarketing presence and expand
our print and Internet advertising.



    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  General and administrative expense increased
each quarter during 1999 as we significantly increased our general and
administrative staffing. The increase in general and administrative expense from
the quarter ended December 31, 1999 to the quarter ended March 31, 2000 was
primarily the result of increases in recruiting fees and employee-related
expenses in that quarter.



    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT.  Product development expense increased from the quarter
ended December 31, 1999 to the quarter ended March 31, 2000 as the result of our
increased emphasis on the development of new products and services.



    DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION.  Depreciation and amortization expense
increased each quarter during 1999 as the result of additions to our data center
infrastructure and the acquisition of new server equipment. During the quarter
ended March 31, 2000, we aggressively invested in our San Antonio data center.
As a result of our increased data center expenditures combined with our rapid
customer growth, depreciation and amortization expense increased as a percentage
of revenues from 15.3% of revenues in the quarter ended December 31, 1999 to
21.2% of revenues for the quarter ended March 31, 2000.



    AMORTIZATION OF DEFERRED STOCK COMPENSATION.  In the first quarter of 2000,
we granted options to purchase the equivalent of 577,000 shares of our common
stock to employees at exercise prices ranging from $.01 to $2.78 per share. The
exercise price for each of these stock options was below the fair value of the
underlying common stock on the date of grant, or $4.72. Pursuant to APB No. 25,
we recorded deferred stock compensation of approximately $1.6 million as a
reduction of partners' capital. The deferred stock compensation will be
amortized over the respective stock options' vesting periods which are generally
three years. For the quarter ended March 31, 2000, we amortized $380,000 of this
deferred stock compensation, with the balance of $1.2 million to be amortized
over the remaining vesting period.



    During April 2000, we granted options to purchase the equivalent of 418,030
shares of our common stock to employees at an exercise price of $4.72 per share.
As such, we recorded deferred stock compensation of $2.9 million as a reduction
of partners' capital for the issuance of these options in the second quarter of
2000, which reflects a fair market value estimate of $11.67 per share. We expect
to amortize $311,000 of this additional deferred stock compensation during the
second quarter of 2000.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES


    We have used cash in our operating and investing activities during all
periods since inception. Cash used in operating and investing activities has
been funded by permanent contributions to capital,


                                       27
<PAGE>

primarily in the form of private placements of equity and debt. During the
quarter ended March 31, 2000 and the year ended December 31, 1999, cash used in
operations was $1.0 million and $439,000, respectively. Net cash used in
operating activities was primarily the result of operating losses and changes in
working capital. Net cash used in investing activities was $2.8 million and
$1.8 million, respectively, during the same time periods. Net cash used in
investing activities primarily resulted from acquisitions of server and related
computer hardware as well as network equipment. Although we have plans to invest
significantly in property and equipment, we have no material commitments for
such items at this time. Net cash flow provided by financing activities during
the year ended December 31, 1999 was $5.9 million. As part of our cash flows
from financing activities, during the quarter ended December 31, 1999
$1.6 million of debt was converted to equity and an additional $4.5 million was
raised in a private placement of equity. Net cash flow provided by financing
activities during the quarter ended March 31, 2000 and the year ended
December 31, 1999 was $12.6 million and $5.9 million, respectively. As of
December 31, 1999, we had $3.8 million in cash and cash equivalents.



    Since December 31, 1999, we have raised gross proceeds of $12.6 million
through private placements of 2,309,440 limited partner interests in Rackspace,
Ltd. to a group of investors and the payment in full of a $750,000 note that was
issued to us in the November 1999 equity financing. Investors in these
financings included Norwest Venture Partners, Sequoia Capital and Red Hat. As of
March 31, 2000, we had $12.5 million in cash and cash equivalents.



    We believe that our cash balances as of March 31, 2000, together with the
proceeds from this offering, will be adequate to meet our funding requirements
over the next 12 months. However, after such time, we may require additional
external financing for working capital and capital expenditures. We anticipate
that further expansion of our operations will cause us to incur negative cash
flows on a short-term basis, and therefore require us to use our cash and other
liquid resources to support our growth. Our operating and investing activities
on a long-term basis may require us to obtain additional equity or debt
financing. Although we have no present understandings or commitments with
respect to any acquisition of other businesses, products, services or
technologies, we intend to evaluate potential acquisitions from time to time. In
order to consummate potential acquisitions, we may need additional equity or
debt financing in the future.


RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS


    In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments
and Hedging Activities" (FAS 133), which will be effective for the fiscal year
ending December 31, 2001. This statement establishes accounting and reporting
standards requiring that every derivative instrument, including derivative
instruments embedded in other contracts, be recorded in the balance sheet as
either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. The statement also
requires that changes in the derivative's fair value be recognized in earnings
unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Although we have not
evaluated the impact of FAS 133, we believe the adoption of FAS 133 will not
have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash
flows as we have not entered into any derivative contracts.


QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

    We are exposed to interest rate risk primarily through our portfolio of cash
equivalents. We do not believe that we have significant exposure to market risks
associated with changing interest rates as of December 31, 1999 because our
intention is to maintain relatively liquid investments. We do not use derivative
financial instruments in our operations.

                                       28
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS


    Rackspace.com is a leading provider of managed Linux-based Internet hosting
services targeted to small- to medium-sized enterprises worldwide. We offer our
customers attractively-priced monthly Internet hosting plans that are packaged
as end-to-end solutions that can be configured, priced and ordered through the
Rackspace.com Configurator at our Web site. Our service offerings are designed
to aid our customers in rapidly implementing their Internet strategies and
e-business initiatives. All of our service packages include a built-to-order
Internet server with pre-installed operating system software and select
Internet-based applications, and multiple connections to the Internet. We
provide each customer with a dedicated server or servers, meaning that each
server is exclusively devoted to the use by that customer. Servers are housed
within our state-of-the-art data center where we provide around-the-clock
monitoring, security and technical support. We guarantee deployment of a new
customer's Internet hosting service within 24 hours of order confirmation.
Additionally, we enable our customers to cost-effectively expand their Internet
operations to support their growing needs by adding bandwidth and rapidly
upgrading their server hardware. We have developed specific expertise in
deploying managed hosting services based on the Linux operating system, and
approximately 80% of our customers have selected Linux-based hosting services.
We believe that customers select the Linux operating system for their Internet
operations due to its reputation for stability, high performance, ease of remote
administration and cost advantages. We also provide and support managed hosting
services based on Solaris, Windows NT/2000 and other operating systems.



    We offer flexible, cost-effective managed hosting solutions that can be
customized and rapidly deployed to meet our customers' specific requirements. We
seek to educate small- to medium-sized enterprises worldwide about the benefits
of outsourced Internet hosting services and to accelerate their purchasing
decisions through targeted marketing and our direct and channel sales efforts.
In addition, we have entered into strategic relationships with Red Hat, Perot
Systems and Sun Microsystems, among others, in order to accelerate our market
penetration and to expand our product and service offerings. As of March 31,
2000, we managed an installed base of over 1,200 servers within our data center
for more than 900 customers, with approximately 48% of these customers located
outside of the United States in over 50 countries around the world.


INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

  THE NEED FOR A WEB PRESENCE


    The Internet has emerged as a global communications medium and traffic on
the World Wide Web continues to explode. International Data Corporation, or IDC,
estimates that the number of Web users worldwide will grow from 142.2 million in
1998 to 502.4 million in 2003. The Internet also has developed into a critical
resource for business. According to IDC, worldwide business-to-business
e-commerce is expected to grow from approximately $50.4 billion in 1998 to
approximately $1.3 trillion in 2003, representing a 92% compound annual growth
rate. To successfully develop an online presence into a competitive advantage,
companies seek to rapidly introduce sophisticated Internet services to improve
communications with customers, suppliers, employees and business partners and to
attract the growing worldwide consumer audience that increasingly uses the
Internet to purchase goods and services. According to IDC, in 2003, businesses
worldwide will spend approximately $1.5 trillion in technology and
non-technology investments to maintain and support the Internet infrastructure.


  OUTSOURCING OF INTERNET HOSTING SERVICES

    A large number of enterprises initially created their Web sites for
brochure-style marketing and information purposes. Today, enterprises are adding
transaction functionality, e-commerce and other complex applications to their
Internet operations in an effort to derive substantial revenues from their
online activities. The economics of outsourcing hosting services is compelling
for many enterprises. We believe that the costs associated with outsourcing a
small- to medium-sized enterprise's hosting needs

                                       29
<PAGE>
are a small fraction of the costs involved in establishing in-house hosting
capabilities. In addition, outsourcing of Internet hosting services provides
enterprises with the following benefits:

    - high-speed and reliable bandwidth;

    - the ability to rapidly adopt evolving Internet technologies and
      architectures;

    - rapid and efficient scaling of e-commerce and Internet application
      initiatives;

    - access to qualified and experienced information technology personnel;


    - the ability to maintain primary focus on their core business operations
      instead of infrastructure requirements;



    - cost-effective managed hosting solutions; and


    - reduced risk of hardware obsolescence.

Internet hosting services have traditionally been provided in three forms:


    - SHARED-SERVER HOSTING. In shared-server hosting, two or more enterprises
      share a third party's Internet server, network connections, software and
      bandwidth. This method of hosting provides a low-cost means for an
      enterprise to maintain an Internet presence. Shared-server hosting is
      attractive for enterprises that maintain Web sites with primarily
      brochure-style content, as shared-server hosting provides limited storage
      and processing capabilities, typically does not offer multiple connections
      to the Internet or ready access to additional bandwidth and poses security
      risks caused by multiple parties having access to a single server.


    - COLOCATION HOSTING. Enterprises that own their own Internet servers and
      software can use colocation hosting to house their servers within an
      Internet hosting company's shared data center. The enterprise retains
      responsibility for the installation, management, upgrading and security of
      its Internet operations. For this reason, colocation generally is a
      feasible option for enterprises that operate a large number of servers and
      maintain a staff of technical support personnel within close proximity of
      the data center.


    - MANAGED HOSTING. In managed hosting, enterprises are provided a complete
      outsourced Internet hosting solution housed at the Internet hosting
      company's data center. Managed hosting includes provision of the Internet
      server, software, network equipment and services and technical support. In
      addition, managed hosting often includes other value-added services such
      as server clustering and load balancing, private networking options and
      security management solutions.


  THE OPPORTUNITY TO PROVIDE INTERNET HOSTING FOR SMALL- TO MEDIUM-SIZED
  ENTERPRISES


    According to IDC, there were approximately 7.6 million businesses in the
U.S. in 1999, of which 99.9% were categorized as small- to medium-sized firms,
I.E., firms with less than 1,000 employees. In addition, according to IDC, in
1999:



    - 52.3% of small businesses and 95.6% of medium-sized businesses were
      connected to the Internet;



    - 17.0% of small businesses and 73.1% of medium-sized businesses maintained
      an active home page; and



    - 6.4% of small businesses and 19.9% of medium-sized businesses conducted
      business online.



    As these small- to medium-sized enterprises increase their activities in the
digital marketplace, Internet hosting services should experience significant
increased demand. To date, the market for Internet hosting services targeted to
small- to medium-sized enterprises has been largely underserved. Neither
shared-server nor colocation hosting effectively addresses these enterprises'
needs for dynamic, but cost-effective, Internet operations, yet this market
represents a significant opportunity. IDC estimates that the market for
colocation hosting and dedicated Web hosting, the latter term of which


                                       30
<PAGE>

we refer to as managed hosting, will be approximately $13.0 billion in the U.S.
in 2003, and that small-to medium-sized enterprises will represent 90.1%, or
$11.7 billion, of that total.


  LINUX AND THE WEB


    In assessing their needs for a reliable and cost-effective infrastructure to
support their Internet operations, many enterprises choose to implement hardware
and software products that use an open source operating system software, such as
the Linux system. The term "open source" refers to software which can be copied,
modified and distributed without payment of licensing or associated fees and
with few restrictions on use. As an open source standard for use in computing
systems, or platform, the source code for the Linux operating system can be
downloaded from the Internet and software developers can write and sell
applications based on the Linux software without obligation to pay fees or
royalties to any third party. The Linux code itself is continuously maintained
and improved by large communities of developers who share information, code and
suggestions. Additionally, the open source platform for Linux allows end users
to customize the Linux source code to meet their specific requirements. The
Linux platform offers companies several important benefits, including:


    - STABLE AND HIGH PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS. The Linux operating system
      has established a reputation as a stable platform that is designed to run
      in continuous mode without interruption.

    - COST-EFFECTIVE IMPLEMENTATION. Unlike proprietary operating systems, the
      operating system for Linux is free to anyone and many core software
      products, such as Linux database software, e-mail and Internet server
      applications, also are available at no charge.

    - GREATER INTEROPERABILITY. Due to Linux's growing popularity, equipment
      manufacturers and software developers increasingly introduce products that
      are compatible with the Linux platform, which, in turn, provides
      enterprises with greater flexibility in selecting the most appropriate
      hardware and software for their needs, including from leading vendors such
      as IBM, Intel, Oracle, Red Hat and Sun Microsystems.

    - REMOTE ADMINISTRATION CAPABILITY. The Linux operating system can be
      administered through simple, quickly transmitted instructions, thereby
      enabling operators to rapidly administer changes to the server from a
      remote site over a modem without physically handling the server.


    Linux has emerged as the leading operating system for the Internet. In an
April 1999 survey conducted by Internet Operating System Counter
(leb.net/hzo/ioscount), which polls Web sites for operating system information,
Linux-based operating systems represented 31% of all Web server installations,
making Linux the most commonly used operating system for Web servers. According
to IDC, revenue or paid shipments of Linux grew faster than any other server
operating environment between 1997 and 1998, and again between 1998 and 1999.


  THE MARKET OPPORTUNITY


    For small- to medium-sized enterprises, the outsourcing of their hosting
needs to a provider of managed hosting services offers a cost-effective means to
establish and maintain dynamic Internet operations. Managed hosting involves the
dedication of a server, or series of connected servers, to a single customer's
Internet operations on an outsourced basis. The customer pays for the use of the
outsourced server or servers and the services provided to it, including
bandwidth, network monitoring, server maintenance and technical support, without
incurring the up-front capital cost for purchasing and deploying the server
hardware and software and the continuing costs for maintaining a staff of
technical personnel. IDC estimates that in the United States the dedicated Web
hosting market will grow from $555.0 million in 1998 to approximately
$13.0 billion in 2003.


THE RACKSPACE.COM SOLUTION


    We provide managed hosting services that offer enterprises a cost-effective
outsourcing solution to deploy and maintain their Internet servers within a
secure, state-of-the-art data center that provides


                                       31
<PAGE>

around-the-clock monitoring, security and technical support. Our month-to-month
service plans allow small- to medium-sized enterprises to rapidly establish
their online presence efficiently and effectively. Our service plans also
provide our customers with a flexible means to scale their Internet server and
bandwidth requirements to accommodate rapid changes in demand or pursue new
e-business initiatives. Our solutions provide our customers with the following
benefits:



    - FLEXIBLE, COST-EFFECTIVE SOLUTION. We offer end-to-end services that
      provide a complete outsourced managed hosting solution at a fraction of
      the cost typically associated with the purchase of a server and network
      hardware and its deployment within a data center. A purchase of a service
      plan typically begins with the prospective customer using the
      Rackspace.com Configurator on our Web site to custom configure, price and
      order an Internet server and bandwidth package. We offer our services
      under month-to-month contracts that permit the customer to adjust its
      services without a long-term commitment. The short-term nature of the
      customer's commitment can accelerate the customer's initial decision to
      outsource its managed hosting service needs to us. Our month-to-month
      programs also make it easy for a customer to increase the performance of
      its single server or server cluster without incurring disposition fees or
      continuing payment obligations on the prior server.



    - RAPID DEPLOYMENT. We have designed our managed hosting services to support
      rapid deployment, quick upgrades and fast modifications. We guarantee our
      new customers that we will configure and launch their Internet servers in
      our data center within 24 hours of order confirmation. Additionally, we
      are able to increase a customer's bandwidth upon request, and we typically
      complete hardware upgrades within 24 hours. We also offer applications to
      streamline the introduction of robust e-commerce features and functions at
      our customers' Web sites. In e-commerce, where rapid time to market is a
      competitive advantage, our rapid deployment capabilities enable our
      customers to move with confidence in establishing and expanding their
      Internet operations.



    - SCALABLE PRODUCT OFFERINGS. We offer our customers managed hosting
      solutions that expand without degradation in performance, or scale, to
      accommodate their new e-business initiatives and Web traffic needs.
      Through this scalability, our services minimize the costs and capital
      risks involved in projecting future managed hosting service needs,
      including server obsolescence, bandwidth oversizing and Web site outages.



    - LINUX EXPERTISE. Managing the deployment of business-critical Internet
      applications requires an in-depth understanding of the underlying
      software, hardware and network technologies. We believe that we are the
      leading provider of managed hosting services that uses Linux as the
      primary operating system for the vast majority of its dedicated servers.
      We have broad knowledge of the Linux operating system and Linux-based
      applications. We use this expertise to offer comprehensive services,
      including installation, configuration and stress testing of hardware and
      software, content back-ups and system upgrades.



    - HIGH LEVEL OF CUSTOMER SERVICE. We believe that our prospective customers
      highly value customer service and technical support when selecting a
      hosting provider. We form a support team for each customer to serve as a
      single point of contact for that customer. Each team is composed of a
      support specialist to handle routine inquiries and system specialists who
      are available 24 hours a day, seven days a week, or "24X7." Customer
      service and standard technical support are provided through e-mail and
      telephone inquiries handled by people, rather than by automated call
      answering systems.



    - GLOBAL DATA CENTER INFRASTRUCTURE. We maintain a data center in our San
      Antonio facility that uses Cisco networking equipment and the services of
      multiple providers of the main network connections that compose the
      Internet, which is commonly referred to as the "Internet backbone,"
      consisting of Intermedia, Qwest, SBC Communications, Time Warner Telecom
      and UUNET. Our data center offers customers ready access to additional
      bandwidth to


                                       32
<PAGE>

      accommodate surges or bursts of data traffic to their servers, which
      assures them that we will provide sufficient bandwidth to address rapid,
      unexpected or continuing increases in the demand for data from their
      housed servers. Our data center provides around-the-clock monitoring,
      security and technical support, backup power supply, and high-speed and
      redundant network connectivity to help ensure uninterrupted high
      performance and data integrity. To further support our global customer
      base, we intend to establish data centers in Europe and Asia and an
      additional data center in the United States.


STRATEGY


    Our goal is to become the leading global provider of managed Linux-based
Internet hosting services by capitalizing on the growth in Internet usage,
e-commerce and the outsourcing of hosting services. Our strategy for
accomplishing this goal includes the following key elements:



    ESTABLISH RACKSPACE.COM AS THE LEADING LINUX HOSTING SOLUTION.  Our
technicians have particular expertise in the implementation and support of
managed Linux-based Internet hosting services. As Linux continues to receive
broad acceptance as the platform of choice for Internet operations, we believe
that enterprises will increasingly view us as the authoritative provider of
managed hosting solutions using the Linux platform. We intend to continue
focusing significant resources to further develop and expand our technical
proficiency in Linux and firmly establish our position as the authoritative
provider of Linux hosting solutions.



    BUILD GLOBAL BRAND AWARENESS.  The market for managed hosting services is in
the early stages of its development and we believe this market is both unformed
and uninformed. Therefore, we believe a significant opportunity exists for us,
as a leader in this industry, to build brand identity as the premier provider of
these services. We intend to inform prospective customers about the benefits of
our services by expanding our involvement in trade shows, seminars and
workshops, and by conducting marketing programs with our channel partners to
develop association of our brand name with their more recognizable names. In
this manner, we believe that we will form greater demand for our services that,
in turn, will broaden our customer base worldwide. We also intend to generate
greater awareness of our brand and service offerings by continuing to engage in
technology tradeshows and conferences, outbound telemarketing, direct mail
advertisements, targeted advertisements on Web sites and searches directed at
hosting services, advertisements in business and technology publications and
regional public relations activities. We will pursue these efforts in defined
regions in which Internet adoption by enterprises occurs at a rapid pace, such
as in North America, Western Europe and select Pacific Rim locations, including
Australia, Hong Kong, Japan, Singapore and Taiwan.



    CAPITALIZE ON INTERNATIONAL MARKET OPPORTUNITIES.  Customers with principal
offices outside of the United States represented 48% of our customers as of
March 31, 2000. Because the Internet infrastructure has been rapidly established
in the U.S. and intense competition among bandwidth providers of Internet
connectivity in the U.S. market has contributed to a relatively lower cost
environment than in other countries, many international enterprises elect to
maintain their Internet servers in the U.S. In addition, because sites
maintained by international enterprises are accessed in significant part by
U.S.-based Internet users, the placement of an Internet server in the U.S.
enables rapid delivery of content to these users. Linux is also a popular
platform for international enterprises due to its ability to be administered
through short commands from any remote site over a modem connected to the
Internet. We intend to establish data centers in markets outside of the U.S.,
beginning with a data center in London later this year, as the Internet
infrastructure becomes more developed, and pricing among providers of Internet
connectivity becomes more competitive, in those markets. We believe that our
experience in providing managed hosting services in the U.S., combined with our
technical expertise, brand recognition and focus on Linux, will enable us to
compete favorably with other providers of managed hosting services in local
markets across the world.


                                       33
<PAGE>
    UTILIZE STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS TO EXPAND MARKET OPPORTUNITIES.  A key
element of our sales and marketing strategy involves the formation of strategic
relationships with third parties that select, or influence the selection of,
Internet hosting service providers for end-user enterprises. To this end, we
recently established a strategic relationship with Red Hat for proposed joint
marketing and product development and with Perot Systems to co-market our
services and generate referrals. We will continue to aggressively pursue
relationships with other system integrators, e-business consultants, application
service providers, Web designers and independent software vendors, particularly
Linux software vendors. We believe that these relationships will enable us to
promote greater awareness of our products and services with end-user enterprises
through co-marketing arrangements. We intend to continue developing
relationships with channel partners in key markets around the world in a
collaborative and noncompetitive manner.


    OFFER A BROAD RANGE OF PRODUCTS AND SERVICES TO SERVE THE GROWING NEEDS OF
OUR CUSTOMERS.  Our managed hosting services are designed to accommodate the
needs of our customers as they progress in the development of their Internet
operations. Therefore, we intend to further expand the products and services
that we offer to our global customer base. For example, we intend to establish
an additional data center in the U.S. to support redundant data mirroring and
remote backup. Furthermore, we intend to establish and expand our relationships
with providers of products and services that are complementary to our services
in order to offer our customers additional enhanced services and e-commerce
software applications. To this end, we have established strategic relationships
with Red Hat proposing to provide product development and application testing
expertise; with Trident Data Systems to provide advanced security solutions;
with Cisco Systems to provide enhanced networking solutions; with SiteLite to
provide advanced database administration and monitoring services for Oracle and
Microsoft SQL database applications; and with Mercantec and Akopia to provide
e-commerce solutions.



    EXPAND OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE CAPABILITIES.  We intend to continue to devote
significant resources to expand and further develop our customer service and
technical support capabilities. We believe that we offer superior customer
service and technical support, which increasingly will be critical factors for
generating new customer referrals, retaining our existing customers and creating
barriers to entry for emerging competitors in our market. We recently launched
the Rackspace.com Wizard at our Web site, which simplifies the process of
setting up a new Internet-domain configuration. We also intend to expand our
online reporting of server performance for our customers so that they can
anticipate the need for a server upgrade or replacement, or an increased
bandwidth service plan, to remain cost-effective in the use of our services as
they grow their online operations.


SERVICES


    Our primary service offering consists of comprehensive managed hosting
service packages that are targeted to small- to medium-sized enterprises
enabling them to establish, maintain and expand their Internet operations. Each
managed hosting plan consists of a custom-built outsourced server that is housed
within our data center. Each outsourced server is dedicated to a single customer
for that customer's Internet hosting use. All of our hosting service plans also
include:


    - connectivity to a high-speed network designed with multiple redundant
      systems;

    - customer-selected operating system software and standard Internet
      applications, including e-mail, file transfer protocol and Web server
      applications;

    - around-the-clock, or 24X7, monitoring, security and technical support;

    - remote access administration and management reporting tools;

    - sophisticated monitoring and alert notification;

    - uninterrupted power supply through a back-up diesel generator that is
      capable of supporting the data center's operation should primary power be
      unavailable;

                                       34
<PAGE>
    - air-conditioned, and humidity- and static-controlled environment; and

    - multiple security measures to control physical access to servers within
      the data center.


We also offer customers enhanced services separate from our managed hosting
plans. Please see "--Enhanced Services" below for a description of these
services.



  EASE OF DEPLOYMENT OF OUR MANAGED HOSTING SERVICES



    We have made the configuration of a customized Internet server and the
selection of a managed hosting service package a simple, quick and automated
process. For most of our prospective customers, the process begins with a visit
to our Web site and, in particular, the use of our proprietary Rackspace.com
Configurator. The following is the main screen that a user sees when accessing
the Rackspace.com Configurator for a Linux-based hosting package:



      [SCREEN SHOT FROM THE COMPANY'S RACKSPACE.COM CONFIGURATOR WEB PAGE]



    As indicated in the pull-down menus shown in the boxes above, a prospective
customer can select from multiple options underlying each category on the
Rackspace.com Configurator set-up page. For example, the customer can select a
microprocessor with performance capability ranging from a single 350 MHz
processor to dual 750 MHz processors. Other hardware specifications,
custom-configured by the customer, include memory requirements, selection of one
or more hard drives, and optional selection of a tape drive or a redundant array
of independent disks, commonly referred to as RAID, configuration. The
Rackspace.com Configurator also allows prospective customers to choose a service
plan consistent with their needs. Service options include the choice of
operating system software, a subscribed allocation of bandwidth ranging from two
gigabytes to five terabytes of data transfer per month with bandwidth above that
amount purchased on an as-used, basis, one or more Internet addresses, system
management services, and tape backup and rotation services. Upon the online
submission of a selected configuration, the Rackspace.com Configurator instantly
generates a price quote for both the monthly service fee and the set-up fee.
Thus, the prospective customer can readily explore various service plan
alternatives to reach a desired price point.


    Following confirmation of an order for a service plan, a Rackspace.com
technician will custom configure the server in our San Antonio facility and then
install the server in our data center. Following performance testing of the
installed server, we notify the customer that its server is ready for
downloading of the customer's software applications. We guarantee that assembly
and deployment will be completed within 24 hours of order confirmation.

    Once deployed, our customer service and technical support personnel provide
server management services to support the uninterrupted operation of the server
within our data center. Customer service and technical support include
around-the-clock monitoring, technical support, automated interval checking of
system ports and prompt replacement of defective components without additional
charge.

  ENHANCED SERVICES

    - PRIVATENET. Our PrivateNet service allows customers with multiple servers
      to operate their own private internal network among those servers. This
      feature enables these multiple servers to exchange data exclusively among
      each other, without transmission over the public Internet. PrivateNet
      offers a number of benefits to customers with multiple server
      configurations, including (1) enhanced security through the separation of
      internal traffic from the public Internet, (2) improved server performance
      by separating internal processes, such as database access, from external
      processes, such as requests for data received over the Internet, and
      (3) reduced cost as there is no charge for bandwidth used for internal
      PrivateNet transmissions, in contrast to billable transmissions between
      servers and the public Internet.


    - LOAD BALANCING. This service provides a higher level of service for
      customers with multiple servers. By installing a load-balancing switch
      between the Internet backbone connection and a


                                       35
<PAGE>

      server array, data requests can be diverted among servers to prevent
      server overload while providing redundant storage and processing
      capability.


    - DATABASE MONITORING. Through our relationship with SiteLite, we offer our
      customers database administration, monitoring and support services for
      Oracle and Microsoft SQL database solutions. Although these enhanced
      services are billed by us, SiteLite provides the services directly to the
      customer. SiteLite services are offered as an option for our customers
      through the Rackspace.com Configurator.


    - E-COMMERCE SOLUTIONS. We partner with Mercantec and Akopia to offer our
      customers online catalog and ordering software, credit card processing and
      other features and functions for their Web sites' e-commerce initiatives.
      These e-commerce options are offered to our customers through the
      Rackspace.com Configurator.


    - SECURITY AUDITING SERVICES. Through our partnership with Trident Data
      Systems, we offer customized security auditing services to our customers.
      As part of these services, we work with Trident to identify, assess and
      propose corrections to security vulnerabilities on the customer's server.
      In addition, at the customer's request, we work in conjunction with
      Trident to implement solutions to address the identified vulnerabilities.


    The enhanced services we provide through our strategic partnerships with
third parties are accounted for in the same manner as our baseline managed
hosting services. We bill our customers up front, but recognize only the portion
of the revenue that was earned during a given calendar time period. We recognize
the gross revenues from these strategic relationships and expense the costs as
either cost of recurring revenues or amortization of licenses.


  MANAGED COLOCATION SERVICES

    Through our managed colocation services, customers can locate their own
Internet servers within our world-class data center, and outsource the
monitoring and technical support of their servers to us. The selection of a
colocation service plan can be made online at our Web site.

PRICING


    Our managed hosting services generally are billed on a monthly basis, with a
one-time initial setup fee charged at the time the server is configured. Our
current customers' monthly service plans range from approximately $200 to $6,500
per month, with the amount varying according to the customer's server
specifications, number of servers, bandwidth requirements and selection of
enhanced services. The sample screen from the Rackspace.com Configurator
presented on page 35 shows typical selections for a small- to medium-sized
enterprise that is commencing Internet operations with a Linux-based server.


    To further simplify the purchasing process for our customers, all service
plans, including features and pricing, are described on our Web site. This
enables our customers to evaluate the various service offerings without
contacting one of our sales representatives, which in turn can shorten the sales
cycle, reduce our customer acquisition costs and ultimately enhance customer
satisfaction.

CUSTOMERS


    We provide our services to end-user businesses, system integrators, Web site
development firms and other organizations. Our customers are located in over 50
countries around the world, including in North America, Europe and select
Pacific Rim locations. As of March 31, 2000, our data center housed over 1,200
Internet servers for more than 900 customers. Our customers are comprised
primarily of small- to medium-sized enterprises. As a result, our top 10
customers, in the aggregate, represented less than 15% of our revenues in 1999,
and no single customer represented more than 4% of our revenues in 1999.


                                       36
<PAGE>
STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS


    - RED HAT. In March 2000, we executed a memorandum of understanding with Red
      Hat for a proposed joint marketing arrangement. The joint marketing
      proposal contemplates that we will jointly promote our respective products
      and services by entering into a "Premier Partner" relationship, which will
      allow each party to place its marks and information about its products and
      services on the other party's Web site. As a Premier Partner of Red Hat,
      we will have prominent placement as a managed hosting vendor within Red
      Hat's recently launched Open Source Marketplace. In addition, the proposal
      contemplates that Red Hat will distribute Rackspace.com information with
      its version 7.0 software, which is scheduled for release later this year.
      We also propose to enter into a strategic alliance agreement with Red Hat
      under which we will agree with Red Hat to jointly promote each other's
      products and services through non-Internet marketing initiatives. The
      proposed arrangement contemplates our payment of an upfront fee and
      customer referral fees to Red Hat. In addition, Red Hat invested
      $2.0 million in our March 2000 private placement.


    - PEROT SYSTEMS. In March 2000, we entered into a distribution agreement
      with Perot Systems. This agreement provides for (1) customer referrals for
      our services by Perot Systems, (2) the establishment of a hot-link between
      the parties' Web sites, (3) the placement of the Rackspace.com
      Configurator on Perot Systems' primary Web site and (4) the creation of a
      joint marketing program. We have agreed to pay Perot Systems a fee based
      upon revenues derived by us under this agreement.


    - SUN MICROSYSTEMS. We serve as an Embedded Solutions Provider of the
      Microelectronics Division of Sun Microsystems. Under this arrangement, we
      custom build servers and provide managed hosting solutions based on Sun's
      Solaris platform. As Solaris is an established operating system for many
      enterprise applications, we believe that this relationship will complement
      our ability to support our customers' needs as they expand their
      implementation of enterprise applications in Internet-based internal
      networks, or intranets.



    - OTHER STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS. We have developed strategic relationships
      with Trident Data Systems, Mercantec, SiteLite and Akopia to provide
      enhanced products and services to our customers. For further information,
      see the section above captioned "--Services--Enhanced Services."


MARKETING AND SALES

    Our marketing efforts are intended to build awareness of our services,
create channel partner interest and generate end-user demand. Our marketing
activities include participation in technology trade shows and conferences,
outbound telemarketing, direct mail advertisements, targeted advertisements on
Web sites and searches that are directed at hosting services, advertisements in
business and technology publications and regional public relations activities.
Additionally, we intend to leverage our current and future strategic
relationships through co-marketing and cross-selling campaigns. Our current
arrangements with Red Hat, Perot Systems and Sun Microsystems contemplate
co-marketing activities that we anticipate will be rolled-out over the next
12 months.

    As part of our marketing and sales efforts, our Rackspace.com Configurator
enables our prospective customers to configure, price and order our services
online. The Rackspace.com Configurator complements our marketing efforts by
supporting our channel partners as well as our end users when they have
questions concerning our services or want to begin service. We believe that the
Rackspace.com Configurator enables our channel partners and customers to
investigate and choose various configuration options and prices in real time.


    We employ both a direct and indirect sales model to generate sales of our
managed hosting services. Direct sales are conducted by sales representatives in
our San Antonio, Austin, Silicon Valley


                                       37
<PAGE>

and London sales offices who field calls generated from referrals and our
marketing activities. As of March 31, 2000, our direct sales force consisted of
12 sales representatives. We intend to expand both our outside and inside sales
forces as well as our telemarketing activities over the next six months. We also
receive direct sales through our Web site via the Rackspace.com Configurator.


    Our indirect sales efforts focus on the establishment of relationships with
channel partners, including:

    - independent software vendors, such as Red Hat;

    - information technology service providers, including Perot Systems and
      other international and regional system integrators and e-business
      consultants;

    - hardware manufacturers, such as Sun Microsystems;

    - application service providers; and

    - Web site designers and developers.


    Because we focus on offering managed hosting services and, therefore, do not
provide application development or system integration services, we believe we
are not perceived by our channel partners as competitive to them. Typically,
these relationships are collaborative, with our channel partners focusing on
hardware design and manufacturing, software development, Web site design and
development, and system integration, while we address the hardware deployment
and hosting of the end user's Internet operations. As of March 31, 2000, we have
established relationships with 18 channel partners.



    To further address sales opportunities, we maintain an "affiliates" program
to generate indirect sales. Affiliates are compensated for referring new
customers to our service plans. As of March 31, 2000, we had over 200 registered
affiliates participating in this program.


    We believe that a significant percentage of our customers will select our
services due to a referral from an existing customer or channel partner.
Accordingly, we intend to continue to focus significant resources to offer
superior customer service and technical support to attain high levels of
customer satisfaction which we believe will lead to future referrals. We believe
that referrals, combined with our marketing efforts to establish the
Rackspace.com brand, will enable us to attract a significant number of new
customers for our hosting services.

CUSTOMER SERVICE AND TECHNICAL SUPPORT

    We believe a critical element of our customer service is providing a high
level of responsiveness and technical expertise within our customer service and
technical support organizations. To this end, each customer is assigned a
customer support team that consists of a support specialist and several systems
specialists. The support specialist generally addresses routine inquiries
concerning billing, network performance, server upgrade status and similar
items. Inquiries that are more technically oriented are referred to a systems
specialist. In addition, we recently introduced the Rackspace.com Wizard at our
Web site. Through use of the Wizard, a channel partner or customer can analyze
the configuration of the server system used by the customer to assist the
customer in setting up user accounts, adding new Web sites and expanding domain
name server entries.

    All systems are monitored and maintained on a 24X7 basis. Monitoring
includes the transmission of test signals to each server in five-minute
intervals to assure that the server is responding to incoming data requests. In
many instances we proactively remedy performance issues before they develop into
problems for our customers. Furthermore, we provide customer service and
technical assistance on a 24X7 basis via telephone and e-mail. Due to the broad
scope of our international operations, we maintain a customer service and
technical support staff that is proficient in several languages, including
Dutch, French, German and Spanish. We strive to respond within 15 minutes or
less to reports of business-critical incidents and to less critical incidents
within a two-hour period on an internally-prioritized basis.

                                       38
<PAGE>
    Our customer care system provides support personnel with timely online
information regarding the status of all set-up and support activities.
Additionally, support personnel have access to information regarding the sales
history and current sales activities for each customer account. This integration
of support and sales systems enables us to allocate resources with a full
knowledge of both new business opportunities and any customer support issues. We
believe that this system will support substantially greater economies of scale
and quality of service across our customer service and technical support
department.

DATA CENTER AND NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE

    We currently operate a highly secure, fault-tolerant data center consisting
of up to approximately 12,000 dedicated square feet ready for expansion. This
data center can support up to 10,000 servers in a 24X7 hosted environment. Our
network is certified as a Cisco-powered network and, accordingly, most of our
networking equipment is supplied by Cisco Systems. We believe that our current
location is an advantageous site for our data center due to the general lack of
earthquake activity and other natural calamities affecting the local region. We
intend to establish a data center presence in London in the second quarter of
2000 to further support our customers in Europe.


    The security controls, physical infrastructure and network of our data
center have been designed to support the rigorous requirements of a robust and
reliable Internet hosting service, including:


    - high levels of physical security measures to prevent unauthorized access
      to the data center;

    - redundant and diverse systems to maintain electrical power, air
      conditioning and network operation; and

    - high performance Internet connectivity.

  DATA CENTER SECURITY

    We maintain three levels of physical security to restrict unauthorized
access to the data center. First, the perimeter of our building is secured with
a passkey protection system. Security guards are stationed on a 24X7 basis on
the ground floor of our building to control use of the elevators and to
investigate suspicious activities. Surveillance cameras are also positioned to
enable security guards to monitor data center visits. Second, the elevator to
the data center floor, along with the doors at the elevator landing, are
controlled by additional passkey systems. Finally, the data center uses a
biometric hand scanner identification system to limit entrants to people who
have received pre-authorization to access the data center.

  REDUNDANT SYSTEMS

    Operation of servers in our data center is supported by multiple and diverse
redundant systems. The primary utility power is supported by an on-site diesel
generator which can generate sufficient power to maintain uninterrupted
operation of the data center until primary power is restored. Our air
conditioning system also has redundant back-up units. Cabling is run diversely
within the data center to overcome problems that may occur due to mechanical
failure and electrical interference. Multiple fiber transport connections enter
our facility at different building penetration points to prevent network outages
caused by construction or other events that are outside of our control.
Additionally, we use five Internet backbone providers to help ensure that
servers housed within our data center will remain connected to the Internet
should any one primary supplier fail to maintain connectivity. We also intend to
establish an additional data center in the U.S. to expand our available capacity
and maintain a redundant data site that is geographically distant from our
primary data center in San Antonio.

  HIGH PERFORMANCE INTERNET CONNECTIVITY


    We designed our network to provide high throughput and low latency by
deploying high performance routing and switching equipment from Cisco Systems.
With one OC-3 and two OC-12


                                       39
<PAGE>

fiber connections, our data center provides approximately 1.5 gigabits per
second of available transport connectivity. We currently have network agreements
with Intermedia, Qwest, SBC Communications, Time Warner Telecom and UUNET. These
network agreements generally are long-term contracts over two to five years with
monthly pricing based on the amount of network traffic experienced by the
respective provider. We currently have network capacity for 2,000 servers and
can upgrade our capacity through our current network providers to handle up to
5,000 servers. We attempt to maintain low utilization rates to reduce congestion
and to absorb bursts of traffic that our customers' applications may produce. As
our San Antonio data center is located near the half-way mark between the major
U.S. public peering points on the West Coast and East Coast, we have access to
both peering points without being dependent on either of them to route our
traffic. Additionally, since we have five Internet backbone providers, we often
are able to route traffic to the closest backbone termination point that is
available to us without traversing congested public exchange points.


COMPETITION


    The markets in which we operate are highly competitive, and competition is
increasing because few apparent substantial barriers to entry exist in the
managed hosting and colocation markets. Although it is impossible to quantify
our relative competitive position in our market, many of our competitors have
substantially greater financial, technical and marketing resources, larger
customer bases, longer operating histories, greater name recognition and more
established relationships in the industry than we have. We expect that we will
face competition from existing competitors as well as new market entrants in the
future. The primary competitive factors in our market are:



    - quality of service, including network capability, reliability and
      functionality;


    - customer service and technical support;

    - variety of services and products offered;


    - technical expertise in developing managed hosting solutions;


    - price;

    - brand name recognition;

    - Internet system engineering and technical expertise;

    - timing of introductions of value-added services and products;

    - network security;

    - financial resources; and

    - conformity with industry standards.


    Our current and potential competitors vary by size and service offerings and
by geographic region. These competitors may elect to partner with each other or
with focused companies like us to deliver service on Linux or other popular
operating systems. They include:



    - other providers of managed hosting services, including Data Return, Digex,
      GTE Internetworking, MCI WorldCom (including UUNET) and USWeb/CKS Group;


    - Internet and application hosting service providers, such as Critical Path,
      Interliant, Navisite, USINTERNETWORKING and Verio;

    - colocation providers, including AboveNet, Digital Island, Exodus,
      GlobalCenter and Globix;

    - local, regional and international Internet service providers, such as
      AppliedTheory, Concentric, EarthLink and PSINet;

    - original equipment manufacturers of servers that have recently introduced
      hosting services for purchasers of their server products, including Dell
      and Intel;

                                       40
<PAGE>
    - local, regional and international telecommunications companies, such as
      AT&T, British Telecommunications, Cable & Wireless, Qwest, Nippon
      Telegraph and Telephone and Telecom Italia, and the regional Bell
      operating companies, including Bell Atlantic and U S WEST; and

    - system integrators and large information technology outsourcing companies,
      such as Andersen Consulting, EDS, IBM, Oracle and PricewaterhouseCoopers.


    We believe that our expertise and primary focus on providing managed hosting
services based on the Linux platform enable us to differentiate ourselves from
our competitors. We also believe that our emphasis on customer service, rapid
deployment, technical support, and our ability to maintain a service delivery
infrastructure that is designed to parallel or surpass the performance provided
by Internet backbone providers and other telecommunications carriers will
further differentiate us from our competitors. Additionally, we focus our
marketing and sales methodologies on enabling customers to custom-configure a
server that best addresses their short-term needs and to deploy that server
within our data center within 24 hours, which ultimately enhances overall
customer satisfaction with our services.


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

    We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, service mark and trade
secret laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect certain
proprietary rights in our data, applications and services. We have no patented
technology that would bar competitors from our market. We are in the process of
filing federal and international registrations for the trademark
"Rackspace.com." In addition, "PrivateNet," "Leader in Linux," "Rackspace.com
Configurator" and "Rackspace.com Wizard" are unregistered trademarks of our
company.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION


    As a provider of managed hosting services, we are not currently subject to
direct federal, state or local government regulation, other than regulations
applicable to businesses generally. We could also, under some circumstances,
become subject to foreign laws and regulations.


    To date, the number of laws and regulations with direct applicability to
Internet-related products and services has been relatively limited. Congress
enacted the "Digital Millennium Copyright Act," which became effective in
October 1998. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act provides a limitation on
liability of online service providers for copyright infringement for
transmitting, routing or providing connections, transient storage, caching or
storage at the direction of a user, if the service provider had no knowledge or
awareness that the transmitted or stored material was infringing and meets other
specified conditions. Since this law has not been extensively interpreted by
U.S. courts and does not apply outside of the U.S., we are unsure of how it will
be applied to limit any liability we may face in the future for any possible
copyright infringement or copyright-related issues. This law also requires
service providers to follow "notice and take-down" procedures and to meet other
conditions in order to be able to take advantage of the limitation on liability.
We have not yet implemented these procedures, met these conditions or evaluated
the cost of complying with them. However, our customers are subject to an
acceptable use policy which prohibits them from transmitting, storing or
distributing material on or through any of our services which, in our sole
judgment is (1) in violation of any U.S. federal, state or local law or
regulation, (2) fraudulent online marketing or sales practices or
(3) fraudulent customer information, including identification and payment
information. Although this policy is designed to promote the security,
reliability and privacy of our systems and network, we cannot be certain that
our policy will accomplish this goal or effectively limit our liability.

    Despite enactment of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act, the law relating
to the liability of online services companies and Internet access providers for
information carried on or disseminated through their networks remains largely
unsettled. It is possible claims could be made against online services companies
and Internet access providers under both U.S. and foreign law for defamation,

                                       41
<PAGE>
obscenity, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement, or other theories
based on the nature and content of the materials disseminated through their
networks. Several private lawsuits seeking to impose liability upon online
services companies and Internet access providers are currently pending.
Application of existing, modified or new legislation or regulations to our
services and products could materially and adversely affect our business.

    Although sections of the Communications Decency Act of 1996 that proposed to
impose criminal penalties on anyone distributing indecent material to minors
over the Internet were held to be unconstitutional by the U.S. Supreme Court,
similar laws may be proposed, adopted and upheld. The nature of future
legislation and the manner in which it may be interpreted and enforced cannot be
fully determined and, therefore, legislation similar to the Communications
Decency Act could subject us and/or our customers to potential liability, which
in turn could harm our business. The adoption of any of these types of laws or
regulations might decrease the growth of the Internet, which, in turn, could
decrease the demand for our services or increase our cost of doing business or
in some other manner harm our business.

    Due to the increasing popularity and use of the Internet, it is likely that
a number of additional laws and regulations with respect to the Internet may be
adopted in foreign jurisdictions, or at the federal, state and local levels,
covering issues such as user privacy, freedom of expression, pricing,
characteristics and quality of products and services, taxation, advertising,
intellectual property rights, information security, access fees and the
convergence of traditional telecommunications services with Internet
communications. In addition, applicability to the Internet of existing laws
governing issues such as property ownership, copyrights and other intellectual
property issues, taxation, libel, obscenity and personal privacy is uncertain.
The vast majority of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet
and related technologies and, as a result, do not contemplate or address the
unique issues of the Internet and related technologies. The adoption or
application of any laws or regulations of this type might decrease the growth of
the Internet, which in turn, could decrease the demand for our services,
increase the cost of doing business or in some other manner harm our business.

EMPLOYEES


    As of April 30, 2000, we had 107 employees. None of our employees is covered
by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our relations with our
employees are good.


FACILITIES

    Our corporate headquarters are located in San Antonio, Texas and consist of
approximately 16,600 square feet of office space that is leased until
February 2003. We also maintain sales offices in Austin, Texas, Santa Clara,
California and London, with plans to expand our operations in London by
establishing a data center presence in the second quarter of 2000.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    We are not a party to any material legal proceedings.

                                       42
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND KEY EMPLOYEES


    The following table sets forth information concerning our executive
officers, directors and key employees as of April 30, 2000:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 NAME                            AGE                                POSITION(S)
                 ----                    --------------------                       -----------
<S>                                      <C>                    <C>
Graham M. Weston.......................                    36   Chief Executive Officer and Director
Morris A. Miller.......................                    33   President, Chief Operating Officer and Director
Lanham Napier..........................                    29   Chief Financial Officer
Richard K. Yoo.........................                    25   Chief Technology Officer
David E. Bryce.........................                    28   Vice President, Operations
Patrick R. Condon......................                    24   Vice President, Business Development
Dirk J. Elmendorf......................                    24   Vice President, Product Development
Quincy J. Lee..........................                    28   Vice President, Finance
Andrew May.............................                    46   Vice President, Sales and Marketing
John J. Miksa..........................                    45   Vice President, Channel Sales and Strategic
                                                                Alliances
Lew Moorman............................                    29   Vice President, Product Development and Strategic
                                                                Planning
</TABLE>


- ------------------------

    GRAHAM M. WESTON has served as our Chief Executive Officer since July 1999
and as a director since March 2000. Prior to joining us, Mr. Weston was a
founder and principal at Assessment Technologies, Inc., an ad valorem tax
consulting firm. Mr. Weston is also Chief Executive Officer of Weston
Properties, LLC, a real estate company owning industrial and office properties
in Texas. Mr. Weston received a B.S. from Texas A&M University.

    MORRIS A. MILLER has served as our Chief Operating Officer since July 1999
and as our President and a director since March 2000. From March 1997 to
June 1999, Mr. Miller was a managing director for Knightsbridge, LC, an
investment management firm. From July 1995 to March 1997, Mr. Miller was a
principal in Curtis Hill Publishing Company, a legal software publishing
company, which was subsequently acquired. Mr. Miller received a B.A. in
psychology from The University of Texas at Austin and a J.D. from Southern
Methodist University.


    LANHAM NAPIER has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2000.
From June 1997 to April 2000, Mr. Napier served as a director for Silver Brands
Partners, an investment company. From May 1993 to June 1995, Mr. Napier worked
as an analyst for Merrill Lynch & Co., an investment banking firm. Mr. Napier
received a B.A. in economics from Rice University and an M.B.A. from Harvard
University.



    RICHARD K. YOO is one of our co-founders and has served as our Chief
Technology Officer since December 1998. From January 1998 to December 1998,
Mr. Yoo was a co-founder and principal of Cymitar Technology Group, Inc., an
information technology consulting company. From January 1996 to December 1997,
Mr. Yoo was a principal of Cymitar Network Systems, a partnership. Mr. Yoo
attended Trinity University from September 1993 to February 1996.


    DAVID E. BRYCE has served as our Vice President, Operations since
November 1999. From January 1995 to November 1999, Mr. Bryce founded and served
as a principal for USA EnviroClean, Inc, a commercial services company. While at
USA EnviroClean, Mr. Bryce also co-founded and consulted with the Pearl Group, a
consulting firm. Mr. Bryce received a B.A. in business administration from
Ambassador University.

    PATRICK R. CONDON is one of our co-founders and has served as Vice
President, Business Development since December 1998. Mr. Condon was a co-founder
and principal in Cymitar Technology Group, Inc. from June 1998 to
December 1998. From May 1997 to June 1998, Mr. Condon was involved in strategic
consulting for high technology clients for Focus, Inc., a management consulting

                                       43
<PAGE>
company. From February 1996 to January 1997, Mr. Condon worked for Global
Village Communication, Inc., a communications hardware company. Mr. Condon
received a B.A. in finance from Santa Clara University.

    DIRK J. ELMENDORF is one of our co-founders and has served as Vice
President, Product Development since December 1998. From December 1997 to
December 1998, Mr. Elmendorf was a principal in Cymitar Technology Group, Inc.
From August 1996 to December 1997, Mr. Elmendorf worked for Cymitar Network
Systems. Mr. Elmendorf received a B.A. in international economics from Trinity
University.


    QUINCY J. LEE has served as our Vice President, Finance since
September 1999. From September 1999 to April 2000, Mr. Lee served as our Chief
Financial Officer. From August 1998 to March 1999, Mr. Lee served as a Vice
President of Finance of FlashNet Communications, Inc., an Internet service
provider. From September 1997 to August 1998, Mr. Lee worked as an assistant
portfolio manager for Kleinheinz Capital, Inc., an investment management firm.
Prior to this time, Mr. Lee worked with the corporate finance group of
Deloitte & Touche, LLP. Mr. Lee received a B.B.A. in accounting and a B.A. in
economics from The University of Texas at Austin and an M.B.A. from Rice
University.



    ANDREW MAY has served as our Vice President, Sales and Marketing since
November 1999. From February 1998 to November 1999, Mr. May served as the
Worldwide Marketing Director for NCR's Channel Delivery Systems Business.
Mr. May also managed NCR's International Public Relations for the Financial
Solutions Group. Mr. May served as Marketing Director for Ernst & Young LLP's
London-based consulting practice from February 1995 to February 1998.



    JOHN J. MIKSA has served as our Vice President, Channel Sales and Strategic
Alliances since December 1999. From June 1997 to November 1999, Mr. Miksa was
responsible for business development for application outsourcing at Computer
Sciences Corporation, a consulting firm. From July 1990 to February 1997,
Mr. Miksa held various management positions with General Electric Information
Services and AMR Corporation, including professional services, marketing, sales
and global channel development. Mr. Miksa received a B.S. in computer sciences
from the University of West Florida.



    LEW MOORMAN has served as our Vice President of Product Development and
Strategic Planning since April 2000. From September 1997 through March 2000,
Mr. Moorman served in several positions at McKinsey & Company, a consulting
company, and most recently as Engagement Manager for the E-commerce Practice
Group. From May 1996 to August 1996, Mr. Moorman worked as an investment analyst
for Silver Brands. Mr. Moorman received a B.A. in political science from Duke
University and a J.D. from Stanford Law School.


BOARD COMPOSITION


    Our authorized board of directors is fixed at seven members, with five
vacancies existing. We intend to fill these vacancies prior to the consummation
of this offering. Our certificate of incorporation provides that at the first
annual meeting of stockholders following this offering, our board of directors
will be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, each of
whose members will serve for a staggered three-year term.


    Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized
number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as
nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. Upon
expiration of the term of a class of directors, the directors in that class will
be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the
year in which their term expires. With respect to each class, directors' terms
are subject to the election and qualification of their successors, or their
death, resignation or removal. This staggered classification of the board of
directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of
our company or our management.

                                       44
<PAGE>
BOARD COMMITTEES

    We will establish an audit committee of the board prior to the effective
date of the registration statement for this offering. This committee will review
and monitor our internal accounting procedures and the results and scope of the
annual audit and other services provided by our independent accountants. The
audit committee also will consult with our management and our independent
auditors prior to the presentation of financial statements to stockholders and,
as appropriate, will initiate inquiries into aspects of our financial affairs.
In addition, the audit committee will be responsible for considering and
recommending the appointment of, and reviewing fee arrangements with, our
independent auditors.

    We also will establish a compensation committee concurrently with the
formation of the audit committee. The compensation committee will recommend,
review and oversee the salaries, benefits and stock plans for our directors,
executive officers and other employees. The compensation committee also will
administer our stock plans.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

    Other than reimbursing directors for customary and reasonable expenses of
attending board of director or committee meetings, we do not intend to pay cash
compensation to our directors. Under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, each
non-employee board member who first joins our board after       , 2000 will
automatically receive a grant of an option to purchase       shares of common
stock at the time of his or her commencement of board service. In addition, on
the date of each annual stockholders meeting beginning in 2001, each
non-employee member of the board of directors who is to continue to serve as a
non-employee board member will be automatically granted an option to purchase
      shares of common stock. See "--2000 Stock Incentive Plan."

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

    We did not have a compensation committee during 1999. During that period,
the general partner of Rackspace, Ltd. made decisions regarding compensation to
our executive officers. None of our executive officers serves on the board of
directors or compensation committee of any entity which has one or more
executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or our
compensation committee.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

    Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors to us
or our stockholders for breaches of the directors' fiduciary duties to the
fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws authorize indemnification of directors and officers to
the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We plan to maintain directors' and
officers' liability insurance and will enter into indemnification agreements
with all of our directors and executive officers.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION


    Our chief executive officer received no compensation during the year ended
December 31, 1999. No executive officer had annual compensation in excess of
$100,000 during the year ended December 31, 1999. No stock options were granted
to any of our executive officers during the year ended December 31, 1999.


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS


    We require each of our employees to enter into confidentiality agreements
prohibiting the employee from disclosing any of our confidential or proprietary
information. Rackspace is currently in negotiations with Mr. Weston concerning
the terms of his employment agreement.


                                       45
<PAGE>
1999 UNIT OPTION PLAN


    As of March 31, 2000, options to purchase 432,897 limited partner interests
were outstanding under our 1999 Unit Option Plan. Upon the completion of this
offering, no additional options will be granted under the plan and all
outstanding options will be converted, on a 1.2-for-1 basis, into the right to
purchase shares of our common stock. Currently outstanding options under this
plan will remain outstanding until exercised or until the options terminate or
expire in accordance with their terms.


    The administrator of the 1999 Unit Option Plan is the general partner of
Rackspace, Ltd. The administrator of the plan may modify the plan, make
interpretations and adopt rules and regulations for carrying out the plan. The
plan may be terminated or amended at any time. However, termination or amendment
will not adversely affect rights granted under the plan prior to the amendment
or termination.

    Options generally vest one-third on each of the anniversary dates following
the grant date. The optionees forfeit their options if they compete with us at
any time while the option remains outstanding. Any options granted under this
plan will expire on or before seven years from the date of the grant.

    The options are granted at fair market value which, unless otherwise
determined in good faith by the administrator pursuant to its powers set forth
in the plan, is deemed to equal the greater of (1) $50,000,000 divided by the
number of limited partner interests outstanding, (2) the last purchase price in
an arms' length transaction closed within 120 days prior to the date the option
is granted, or (3) our annualized revenue based on our revenues for the previous
month as the basis for the determination times 10, and then divided by the
limited partner interests then outstanding.


    The options terminate to the extent not vested at the time the optionee is
no longer a full-time employee. If the option is vested and exercisable, it must
be exercised within 60 days of termination of the optionee's employment. If
vested and not exercisable, the option terminates on the 120th day following the
last day of the optionee's employment. Options are not transferable, other than
upon the death or under the will of the holder or by intestate succession.


2000 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

    The 2000 Stock Incentive Plan is intended to serve as the successor equity
incentive program to our 1999 Unit Option Plan. The 2000 Stock Incentive Plan
became effective on       , 2000.

    We have authorized       shares of common stock for issuance under the 2000
Stock Incentive Plan. The share reserve will automatically be increased on the
first trading day of January each calendar year, beginning in January 2001, by a
number of shares equal to 1% of the total number of shares of common stock
outstanding on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar year,
but no such annual increase will exceed       shares. However, in no event may
any one participant in the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan receive option grants or
direct stock issuances for more than       shares in the aggregate per calendar
year.

    The 2000 Stock Incentive Plan has four separate programs. The first program
is the discretionary option grant program under which eligible individuals in
our employ or service, including officers, non-employee board members and
consultants, may be granted options to purchase shares of our common stock. The
second program is the stock issuance program under which eligible individuals
may be issued shares of common stock directly, through the purchase of such
shares or as a bonus tied to the performance of services. The third program is
the salary investment option grant program under which executive officers and
other highly compensated employees may elect to apply a portion of their base
salary to the acquisition of special below-market stock option grants. The
fourth program is the automatic option grant program under which option grants
will automatically be made at periodic intervals to eligible non-employee board
members.

                                       46
<PAGE>
    The discretionary option grant and stock issuance programs will be
administered by our compensation committee. This committee will determine:

    - which eligible individuals are to receive option grants or stock
      issuances;

    - the time or times when option grants or stock issuances are to be made;

    - the number of shares subject to each grant or issuance;

    - the exercise or purchase price for each grant or issuance;

    - the status of any granted option as either an incentive stock option or a
      non-statutory stock option under the federal tax laws;

    - the vesting schedule to be in effect for the option grant or stock
      issuance; and

    - the maximum term for which any granted option is to remain outstanding.

The committee will also select the executive officers and other highly
compensated employees who may participate in the salary investment option grant
program in the event that program is activated for one or more calendar years.
Neither the compensation committee nor the board will exercise any
administrative discretion with respect to option grants made under the salary
investment option grant program or under the automatic option grant program for
the non-employee board members.

    The exercise price for options may be paid in cash or in shares of our
common stock valued at fair market value on the exercise date. Options may also
be exercised through a same-day sale program without any cash outlay by the
optionee. In addition, the compensation committee may allow a participant to pay
the option exercise price or direct issue price, and any associated withholding
taxes incurred in connection with the acquisition of shares, with a
full-recourse, interest-bearing promissory note.

    In the event that we are acquired, whether by merger or asset sale or sale
by our stockholders of more than 50% of our voting stock in a transaction
recommended by the board of directors, each outstanding option under the
discretionary option grant program which is not to be assumed by the successor
corporation or otherwise continued will automatically accelerate in full, and
all unvested shares under the discretionary option grant and stock issuance
programs will immediately vest, except to the extent our repurchase rights with
respect to those shares are to be assigned to the successor corporation or
otherwise continued in effect. The compensation committee may grant options
under the discretionary option grant program which will accelerate in the event
of an acquisition even if the options are assumed, or which will accelerate if
the optionee's service is subsequently terminated.

    The compensation committee may grant options and issue shares which
accelerate in connection with a hostile change in control effected through a
successful tender offer for more than 50% of our outstanding voting stock or by
proxy contest for the election of board members, or which accelerate upon a
subsequent termination of an individual's service. Stock appreciation rights may
be issued under the discretionary option grant program which will provide the
holders with the option to surrender their outstanding options for an
appreciation distribution from us equal to the fair market value of the vested
shares subject to the surrendered option less the aggregate exercise price
payable for the shares. Such appreciation distribution may be made in cash or in
shares of our common stock. There are currently no outstanding stock
appreciation rights.

    The compensation committee will have the authority to cancel outstanding
options under the discretionary option grant program in return for the grant of
new options for the same or a different number of option shares with an exercise
price per share based upon the fair market value of the common stock on the new
grant date.

    In the event the compensation committee elects to activate the salary
investment option grant program for one or more calendar years, each of our
executive officers and other highly compensated employees selected for
participation may elect to reduce his or her base salary for that calendar year
by a specified dollar amount not less than $      nor more than $      . In
return, the individual will be automatically granted, on the first trading day
in the calendar year for which the salary reduction is

                                       47
<PAGE>
to be in effect, a non-statutory option to purchase that number of shares of
common stock determined by dividing the salary reduction amount by two-thirds of
the fair market value per share of our common stock on the grant date. The
option exercise price will be equal to one-third of the fair market value of the
option shares on the grant date. As a result, the fair market value of the
option shares on the grant date less the exercise price payable for those shares
will be equal to the salary reduction amount. The option will become exercisable
in a series of 12 equal monthly installments over the calendar year for which
the salary reduction is to be in effect and will be subject to full and
immediate vesting in the event of an acquisition or change in control of our
company.

    Under the automatic option grant program, each individual who first joins
our board after       , 2000 as a non-employee board member will be
automatically granted an option for       shares of our common stock at the time
of his or her commencement of board service. In addition, on the date of each
annual stockholders meeting, beginning with the meeting in the year 2001, each
individual who is to continue to serve as a non-employee board member will
receive an option grant to purchase       shares of our common stock. Each
automatic grant will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value per
share of our common stock on the grant date and will have a maximum term of
10 years, subject to earlier termination following the optionee's cessation of
board service. Each       share option will become exercisable upon the
optionee's completion of       months of board service measured from the option
grant date and each       share option grant will become exercisable upon the
optionee's completion of six months of service measured from the grant date.
However, each outstanding option will immediately vest upon an acquisition or
change in control or the death or disability of the optionee while serving as a
board member.

    Limited stock appreciation rights will automatically be included as part of
each grant made under the automatic option grant and salary investment option
grant programs and may be granted to one or more officers as part of their
option grants under the discretionary option grant program. Options with this
limited stock appreciation right may be surrendered to us upon the successful
completion of a hostile tender offer for more than 50% of our outstanding voting
stock. In return for the surrendered option, the optionee will be entitled to a
cash distribution from us in an amount per surrendered option share equal to the
highest price per share of common stock paid in connection with the tender offer
less the exercise price payable for the share.

    The board may amend or modify the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan at any time,
subject to any required stockholder approval. The 2000 Stock Incentive Plan will
terminate no later than             , 2010.

2000 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

    The 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is designed to allow our eligible
employees and any participating subsidiaries to purchase shares of common stock,
at semi-annual intervals, through periodic payroll deductions. A total of
shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance under the plan.

    The plan has a series of successive offering periods, each with a maximum
duration of 24 months. The initial offering period began in           , 2000 and
will end on the last business day in       . The next offering period will begin
on the first business day in       , and subsequent offering periods will be set
by our compensation committee.

    Individuals who are eligible employees on the start date of any offering
period may enter the plan on that start date or on any subsequent semi-annual
entry date, generally February 1 or August 1 each year. Individuals who become
eligible employees after the start date of the offering period may join the plan
on any subsequent semi-annual entry date within that period.

    A participant may contribute up to   % of his or her cash earnings through
payroll deductions and the accumulated payroll deductions will be applied to the
purchase of shares on the participant's behalf on each semi-annual purchase
date, the last business day in January and July each year. The purchase price
per share will be   % of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock
on the participant's entry date into the offering period or the fair market
value on the semi-annual purchase date. In no event, however, may any
participant purchase more than       shares, nor may all participants in the
aggregate purchase more than       shares on any one semi-annual purchase date.
Should the fair market value of our common stock on any semi-annual purchase
date be less than the fair market value on the first day of the offering period,
then the current offering period will automatically end and a new offering
period will begin, based on the lower fair market value.

    The board may at any time amend or modify the plan. The plan will terminate
no later than the last business day in 2010.

                                       48
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

OUR FORMATION


    In connection with the formation of Rackspace, Ltd. in December 1998,
Messrs. Condon, Elmendorf and Yoo each received limited partner interests.
Trout, Ltd. also received limited partner interests at that time. As part of our
holding company restructuring, these limited partner interests will be exchanged
for shares of our common stock, which will result in Messrs. Condon, Elmendorf
and Yoo and Trout, Ltd. receiving 950,856 shares, 475,428 shares, 4,278,857
shares and 8,735,543 shares of our common stock, respectively. These numbers
reflect a 10-for-1 limited partner interest split effected on November 30, 1999.
Messrs. Weston and Miller, our directors and executive officers, are the
managing members of the general partner of Trout, Ltd and the sole beneficial
owners of Trout, Ltd.



    Macroweb, LC is the general partner of Rackspace, Ltd., and holds the
general partner interest in Rackspace, Ltd. which will be converted into 11,885
shares of our common stock in connection with our holding company restructuring.
Messrs. Weston and Miller are the managing members of Macroweb, LC. Following
the restructuring, Macroweb, LC will no longer serve as the general partner of
Rackspace, Ltd.


FINANCING PROVIDED BY EXETER FINANCIAL, LC


    Since our formation in December 1998, we have been financed, in part, by
loans made by Exeter Financial, LC an entity affiliated with Messrs. Weston and
Miller. Exeter Financial, LC provided us with cash advances in the principal
amount of approximately $1.6 million. These cash advances accrued interest at a
fixed rate of 8% per year with repayments of the principal and interest due over
a five-year period beginning on January 2002. During 1999, Exeter Financial, LC
assigned its right to repayment of this indebtedness to Trout, Ltd. On
September 29, 1999, Trout, Ltd. converted $1.1 million of indebtedness,
representing the amount of principal and interest then outstanding under the
credit agreement, into 1,904,762 limited partner interests. This number reflects
a 10-for-1 limited partner interest split effected on November 30, 1999. On
November 30, 1999, Trout, Ltd. also converted $500,000 of the principal
outstanding under the second financial commitment into 238,095 limited partner
interests.


2000 PRIVATE PLACEMENT


    In March 2000, we raised gross proceeds of $11.1 million through a private
placement of limited partner interests in Rackspace, Ltd. to a group of
investors. The investors in this financing were Norwest Venture Partners VII,
L.P., entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital, Red Hat, Inc. and Tailwind
Capital Partners 2000, L.P., for 1,015,901, 530,035, 353,357 and 53,004 limited
partner interests, respectively. We also have issued Norwest Venture
Partners VII, L.P., and entities affiliated with Sequoia Capital warrants to
purchase       and       of our limited partner interests, respectively. In
connection with our holding company restructuring, these limited partner
interests will be converted into an aggregate of 2,342,756 shares of our common
stock. The warrants convert into rights to purchase       shares of our common
stock upon the completion of our holding company restructuring. Tailwind Capital
Partners 2000, L.P. is an affiliate of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC, an
underwriter in this offering.


1999 PRIVATE EQUITY FINANCING


    In connection with our November 30, 1999 financing, we sold an aggregate of
2,766,667 limited partner interests at $2.10 per interest, for a total purchase
price of $5.8 million, which includes the conversion into limited partner
interests of the principal amount of $500,000 described above. In connection
with our holding company restructuring, these limited partner interests will be
exchanged for 3,320,000 shares of our common stock. On November 30, 1999, we
also granted warrants to Trango


                                       49
<PAGE>

Capital, LLC and The Hamilton Companies LLC giving them the right to purchase
380,952 and 238,095 limited partner interests, respectively, at an aggregate
exercise price of $800,000 and $500,000, respectively. This warrant will convert
into a right to purchase our common stock upon the completion of our holding
company restructuring. On January 17, 2000, The Hamilton Companies LLC exercised
its right to purchase 238,095 limited partner interests at an aggregate exercise
price of $500,000. Quincy Lee, our executive officer, is the managing member of
Trango Capital, LLC. Trango Capital, LLC is the general partner of First Inning
Investors, L.P., an entity affiliated with Quincy Lee. In connection with the
holding company restructuring, these limited partner interests and warrants to
acquire limited partner interests will be exchanged on a 1.2-for-1 basis for
shares of our common stock, with fractional interests rounded to the nearest
whole share.


    The following table shows affiliates of our executive officers, directors
and our 5% stockholders who participated in this private equity investment.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              PERCENT OWNED
   OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND                                               NUMBER OF SHARES       FOLLOWING
       5% STOCKHOLDERS                   RELATIONSHIP TO US             BENEFICIALLY OWNED    THE OFFERING
- ------------------------------  -------------------------------------   -------------------   -------------
<S>                             <C>                                     <C>                   <C>
Trout, Ltd.                     Entity affiliated with Graham Weston         8,735,543             36.1%
                                and Morris Miller
Isom Capital Partners I, L.P.   Principal stockholder                        1,462,858              6.1
First Inning Investors, L.P.    Entity affiliated with Quincy Lee              742,858              3.1
Beaulieu River Capital LC       Entity affiliated with Graham Weston           428,572              1.8
  (formerly, Weston Investment
  Interests, LC)
MiniPat & Company, Ltd.         Entity affiliated with Patrick Condon          114,286                *
</TABLE>


- ------------------------

* less than 1%


    Beaulieu River Capital LC, formerly Weston Investment Interests, LC,
incident to purchasing 357,143 limited partner interests in connection with our
November 30, 1999 financing, delivered to us a promissory note with an interest
rate of 8% per year which was paid in full on February 18, 2000. Mr. Weston is
the managing member of Beaulieu River Capital LC.


    Patrick Condon, an executive officer, serves as the general partner of
MiniPat & Company, Ltd.

    See "Principal Stockholders" for a discussion of the beneficial ownership of
our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders.

LEASES

    During 1999, we leased our corporate offices in San Antonio, Texas from the
Santa Clara Land Company, an entity affiliated with Graham Weston, for
approximately $3,000 per month. On February 22, 2000, we entered into a
three-year lease agreement with Santa Clara Land Company. This agreement
provides for monthly rent of approximately $12,000, $16,000 and $31,000 in 2000,
2001 and 2002, respectively.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS


    After 180 days from the date of this prospectus, each of Isom Capital
Partners I, L.P., First Inning Investors, L.P., MiniPat & Company, Ltd., The
Hamilton Companies LLC, Beaulieu River Capital LC, 2M Technology Ventures, L.P.,
Red Hat, Inc., Norwest Venture Partners VII, L.P., entities affiliated with
Sequoia Capital and Tailwind Capital Partners 2000, L.P. will have the right to
demand that we register the 5,805,614 shares of our common stock held by them
prior to this offering. Trout, Ltd. will also have the right to participate in
this demand with respect to the 285,714 shares of common stock held by it.


                                       50
<PAGE>

Trango Capital, LLC, Norwest Venture Partners VII, L.P. and entities affiliated
with Sequoia Capital also have the right to include the shares that are subject
to their respective warrants in any demand registration. See "Description of
Capital Stock--Registration Rights" for a description of these registration
rights.


PURCHASE AGREEMENT

    In December 1998, Rackspace, Ltd. acquired substantially all of the assets
of Cymitar Technology Group, Inc. for approximately $192,000. This purchase
price represented the aggregate amount of liabilities assumed by it under the
terms of the asset purchase and sale agreement. At that time, Messrs. Condon,
Elmendorf and Yoo, who are executive officers, were officers and significant
stockholders of Cymitar Technology Group, Inc.

DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM


    The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial offering price, up
to 275,000 shares of our common stock for directors, employees and other persons
associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing common shares in
this offering.


OPTION GRANTS TO DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

    In the first quarter of 2000, we issued options to several of our directors
and executive officers. Our non-employee directors also will receive grants
under our 2000 Stock Incentive Plan. See "Management--Director Compensation,"
"--2000 Stock Incentive Plan" and "Principal Stockholders."

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS

    We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive
officers and directors prior to the effective date of the registration statement
for this offering.

FUTURE TRANSACTIONS

    All future transactions between us and our executive officers, directors and
affiliates will be approved by a majority of the independent members or
disinterested members of our board of directors and will be on terms no less
favorable than that which could be obtained from unrelated third parties.

                                       51
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS


    The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial
ownership of our common stock as of April 30, 2000, on a pro forma basis to
reflect the completion of the holding company restructuring and on a pro forma
as adjusted basis to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this
offering for:


    - each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common
      stock;

    - our chief executive officer;

    - each of our directors; and

    - all of our executive officers and directors as a group.


    Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property
laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with
respect to all shares of common stock held by them. Beneficial ownership is
determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange
Commission. In general, a person who has voting power or investment power with
respect to securities is treated as a beneficial owner of those securities.
Shares subject to options or rights currently exercisable or exercisable within
60 days of April 30, 2000 are considered beneficially owned by the person
holding these options or rights. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for
each 5% stockholder listed in the table is c/o Rackspace.com, Inc., 112 East
Pecan Street, Suite 600, San Antonio, Texas 78205.



    The post-offering ownership percentages in the table below assume that the
underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option to purchase 570,000
additional shares from us.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             PERCENTAGE OF BENEFICIAL
                                                               NUMBER OF             OWNERSHIP
                                                                 SHARES      -------------------------
                                                              BENEFICIALLY     BEFORE        AFTER
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                                         OWNED        OFFERING      OFFERING
- ------------------------                                      ------------   ----------   ------------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>          <C>
Graham M. Weston (1)........................................    9,195,048       45.1%         38.0%
Morris A. Miller (2)........................................    8,766,476       43.0          36.2
Richard K. Yoo..............................................    4,278,857       21.0          17.7
Quincy J. Lee (3)...........................................    1,200,000        5.8           4.9
Patrick R. Condon (4).......................................    1,074,856        5.3           4.4
Trout, Ltd. ................................................    8,735,543       42.9          36.1
Isom Capital Partners I, L.P. (5)...........................    1,462,858        7.2           6.1
Norwest Venture Partners VII, L.P. (6)......................    1,219,081        6.0           5.0
All executive officers and directors as a group (eleven
  persons) (7)..............................................   16,325,936       77.9%         65.9%
</TABLE>


- ------------------------


(1) Includes 19,048 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. Also
    includes 8,735,543 shares held of record by Trout, Ltd. Mr. Weston serves as
    a managing member of the general partner of Trout, Ltd. Also includes
    428,572 and 11,885 shares held of record by Beaulieu River Capital LC and
    Macroweb, LC, respectively, for which Mr. Weston is a managing member.
    Mr. Weston disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Trout, Ltd.,
    Macroweb, LC and Beaulieu River Capital LC, except to the extent of his
    pecuniary interest in these shares.



(2) Includes 19,048 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. Also
    includes 8,735,543 shares held of record by Trout, Ltd. Mr. Miller serves as
    a managing member of the general partner of Trout, Ltd. Also includes 11,885
    shares held of record by Macroweb, LC for which Mr. Miller is a managing
    member. Mr. Miller disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by
    Trout, Ltd. and Macroweb, LC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest
    in these shares.



(3) Includes 742,858 shares held of record by First Inning Investors, L.P. Also
    includes 457,142 shares issuable upon the exercise of an outstanding warrant
    held by Trango Capital, LLC. Mr. Lee is the managing member of Trango
    Capital, LLC, the general partner of First Inning Investors, L.P.


                                       52
<PAGE>

    Mr. Lee disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by First Inning
    Investors, L.P. and Trango Capital, LLC, except to the extent of his
    pecuniary interest in these shares.



(4) Includes 9,714 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. Includes
    114,286 shares held of record by MiniPat & Company, Ltd. for which
    Mr. Condon serves as the general partner. Mr. Condon disclaims beneficial
    ownership of these shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in
    these shares.



(5) The address for this stockholder is 970 Isom Road, San Antonio, Texas 78216.
    S. James Bishkin is the beneficial owner and has sole voting power of these
    shares.



(6) Includes         shares issuable upon the exercise of an outstanding
    warrant. The address for this stockholder is 245 Lyton Street, Palo Alto,
    California 94301-1426.



(7) Includes 587,652 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options and
    warrants.


                                       53
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

GENERAL

    Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist
of 170,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and
30,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. The following
is a summary of material terms of the common stock and preferred stock. The
following summary is qualified by reference to our certificate of incorporation
and our bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration
statement of which this prospectus is a part.

COMMON STOCK


    As of March 31, 2000, assuming the completion of our holding company
restructuring, there were 20,377,042 shares of common stock outstanding that
were held of record by 18 stockholders. Based upon the number of shares
outstanding as of that date and after giving effect to the sale of shares of
common stock to the public under this prospectus, there will be
24,177,042 shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the
underwriters' over-allotment option, upon the closing of this offering.


    The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all
matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Subject to limitations under
Delaware law and preferences that may apply to any outstanding shares of
preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such
dividends or other distributions, if any, as may be declared by our board of
directors out of funds legally available. In the event of our liquidation,
dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably
in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to the liquidation
preference of any outstanding preferred stock. The common stock has no
cumulative, preemptive, conversion or other subscription rights. There are no
redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All
outstanding shares of common stock are, and all shares of common stock to be
issued upon completion of the offering will be, validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock
are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of
shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the
future.

PREFERRED STOCK

    Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors may
establish one or more classes or series of preferred stock having the number of
shares and relative voting rights, dividend rates, liquidation preferences, and
other rights, preferences, and limitations as may be fixed by the board without
further stockholder approval. The holders of our preferred stock may be entitled
to preferences over common stockholders with respect to dividends, liquidation,
dissolution or our winding up in such amounts as are established by our board of
directors when issuing such shares.

    The issuance of our preferred stock may have the effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change in control of our company without further
action by the stockholders and may adversely affect voting and other rights of
holders of our common stock. In addition, issuance of preferred stock, while
providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and
other corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to
acquire a majority of the outstanding shares of our voting stock. At present, we
have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS


    According to the terms of a registration rights agreement, beginning
180 days after the closing of this offering, some of our stockholders who will
hold, in the aggregate, 20,967,051 shares of common stock, which amount includes
457,142 shares,         shares and         shares that may be purchased by
Trango Capital, LLC, Norwest Venture Partners VII, L.P. and entities affiliated
with Sequoia Capital, respectively, under outstanding warrants, may require us
to file a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect
to the resale of their shares. To demand this


                                       54
<PAGE>

registration, investors holding an aggregate of at least 10,483,526 shares must
request that the registration statement register the resale of all or part of
their shares.



    Additionally, some of our stockholders who will hold, in the aggregate,
20,967,051 shares of common stock will have "piggyback" registration rights with
respect to the future registration of our shares of common stock under the
Securities Act. If we propose to register any shares of common stock under the
Securities Act, the holders of shares having piggyback registration rights are
entitled to receive notice of that registration and are entitled to include
their shares in the registration.


    These registration rights are subject to conditions and limitations,
including the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of
shares of common stock to be included in the registration. We generally are
required to bear all of the expenses of registrations under the registration
rights agreement, except underwriting discounts and commissions. The
registration rights agreement also contains our commitment to indemnify the
holders of registration rights for losses they may incur in connection with
registrations under the agreement. Registration of any of the shares of common
stock held by security holders with registration rights would result in those
shares becoming freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act.

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS AND DELAWARE
LAW

    Various provisions of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws could
have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring our
company, even if the acquisition would benefit our stockholders. These
provisions are intended to ensure that our board of directors will have
sufficient time to act in what the board of directors believes to be in the best
interests of our company and stockholders. These provisions could delay or
frustrate the assumption of control of our company by the holder or holders of a
large block of common stock, and could also discourage or make more difficult a
merger, tender offer, or proxy contest that a stockholder may consider in its
best interest, including acquisition offers that might result in a premium over
the market price for the shares held by stockholders. These provisions of our
certificate of incorporation and bylaws are summarized in the following
paragraphs.

    CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  Our certificate of incorporation provides
that at the first annual meeting following our initial public offering, our
board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, as nearly
equal in size as is practicable, serving staggered three-year terms. As a
result, approximately one-third of the board of directors will be elected each
year. These provisions, when coupled with the provisions of our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws authorizing our board of directors to fill vacant
directorships or increase the size of our board, may deter a stockholder from
removing incumbent directors and simultaneously gaining control of the board of
directors.

    STOCKHOLDER ACTION; SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS.  Our certificate of
incorporation provides that stockholders may not take action by written consent,
but only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders. Our
certificate of incorporation further provides that special meetings of
stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board, the chief
executive officer or a majority of our board of directors.

    ADVANCE NOTICE REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS AND DIRECTOR
NOMINATIONS.  Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business
before an annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election
as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, must provide us with timely
written notice of their proposals. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be
delivered to or mailed and received at our principal executive offices not less
than 120 days before the date we released the notice of annual meeting to
stockholders in connection with the previous year's annual meeting. If, however,
no meeting was held in the prior year or the date of the annual meeting has been
changed by more than 30 days from the date contemplated in the notice of annual
meeting, then notice by the stockholder, in order to be timely, must be received
a reasonable time before we release the notice of annual meeting to
stockholders. Our bylaws will also specify certain requirements as to the form
and

                                       55
<PAGE>
content of a stockholder's notice. These provisions may preclude stockholders
from bringing matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or from making
nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

    AUTHORIZED BUT UNISSUED SHARES.  Following this offering, we will have a
significant number of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and
preferred stock. These shares will be available for future issuance without
stockholder approval, subject to various limitations imposed by the Nasdaq
National Market. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate
purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital,
corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized
but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render it more
difficult, or discourage an attempt, to obtain control of our company by means
of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or other transaction.

    SUPERMAJORITY VOTE PROVISIONS.  The Delaware General Corporation Law
provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares
entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's certificate
of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation
or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our certificate of
incorporation will impose supermajority vote requirements in connection with the
amendment of certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation, including
the provisions relating to the classified board of directors and the elimination
of action by written consent of stockholders.

    INDEMNIFICATION.  Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws permit us to
indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware
law. In addition, our certificate of incorporation limits the personal liability
of our board members for breaches by the directors of their fiduciary duties to
the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

    DELAWARE LAW.  We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibit a Delaware
corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested
stockholder" for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder
became an interested stockholder, unless:

    - prior to that time, the board of directors of the corporation approved
      either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the
      stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

    - upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder
      becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at
      least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time
      the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by directors and
      executive officers; or

    - on or after that date, the business combination is approved by the board
      of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of
      stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of our
      outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

    For purposes of Section 203, a "business combination" includes a merger,
asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the
interested stockholder, and an "interested stockholder" is a person who,
together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to
the date of determination whether the person is an "interested stockholder," did
own, 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

    The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services, LLC.

NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET LISTING

    We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under
the trading symbol "RACK."

                                       56
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE


    Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could
adversely affect the prevailing market prices of our common stock. Upon the
consummation of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of
24,177,042 shares of common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding at
March 31, 2000 and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment
option and no exercise of outstanding warrants and stock options. Of these
shares, all shares being sold in this offering will be freely tradeable without
restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless these shares
are purchased by our "affiliates" as the term is defined in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. The following table summarizes the time frames in which issued
and outstanding common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market
after this offering:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SHARES                                       DATE
- ----------------                 -------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>
3,800,000                        After the date of this prospectus, freely
                                 tradeable shares sold in this offering.

                                 After 180 days from the date of this prospectus,
                                 shares are eligible for sale in the public market
                                 under Rule 144 (subject, in some cases, to volume
                                 limitations), Rule 144(k) or Rule 701.

                                 At various times more than 180 days from the date
                                 of this prospectus, when these shares have been
                                 held for more than one year and may be sold in
                                 accordance with Rule 144.
</TABLE>


    Shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders are "restricted
securities" as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the
public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from
registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are
summarized below.

RULE 144

    In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after
the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our
common stock for at least one year will be entitled to sell within any
three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:


    - 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which
      will equal approximately 241,770 shares outstanding immediately after the
      offering, or


    - the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq
      National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a
      notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner-of-sale provisions,
notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

RULE 144(K)

    Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not an affiliate of our company at any
time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the
shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period
of certain prior owners other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell these
shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume
limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise
restricted, Rule 144(k) shares may be sold immediately upon the closing of this
offering.

                                       57
<PAGE>
RULE 701

    In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, each of our employees,
consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a
compensatory stock plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell these
shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on
Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the
holding period, contained in Rule 144.

LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

    All of our directors, executive officers and stockholders of our common
stock prior to the offering have signed lock-up agreements with the
underwriters, which generally require them not to transfer or otherwise dispose
of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock
for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except under limited
circumstances. See "Underwriting--Lock-up."

REGISTRATION RIGHTS


    After this offering, the holders of 20,967,051 shares of our common stock
and shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options will be entitled to
certain rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the
Securities Act. See "Description of Capital Stock--Registration Rights." After
any registration and resale under a registration statement, these shares will be
freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act. These sales could
have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.


FORM S-8

    We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities
Act covering       shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our stock
option plans and employee stock purchase plan and the shares reserved for
issuance upon exercise of outstanding non-plan options. We expect this
registration statement to be filed and to become effective as soon as
practicable after the effective date of this offering.

                                       58
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING

    We intend to offer our common stock through a number of underwriters.
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Thomas Weisel
Partners LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named
below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting
agreement among us and the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we
have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters severally
and not jointly has agreed to purchase from us, the number of shares of common
stock set forth opposite its name below.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITER                                                     SHARES
- -----------                                                   ----------
<S>                                                           <C>
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc................................
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.....................................
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC..................................
                                                              ----------
      Total.................................................   3,800,000
                                                              ==========
</TABLE>


    The several underwriters have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in the underwriting agreement, to purchase all of the shares of common
stock being sold pursuant to the underwriting agreement if any of the shares of
common stock being sold under the terms of the agreement are purchased. In the
event of a default by an underwriter, the underwriting agreement provides that,
in certain circumstances, the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting
underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

    We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the
underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

    The shares of common stock are being offered by the underwriters, subject to
prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval
of legal matters by counsel for the underwriters and other conditions. The
underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify the offer and to
reject orders in whole or in part.


    Thomas Weisel Partners LLC, one of the representatives of the underwriters,
was organized and registered as a broker-dealer in December 1998. Since
December 1998, Thomas Weisel Partners has been named as a lead or co-manager on
160 filed public offerings of equity securities, of which 114 have been
completed, and has acted as a syndicate member in an additional 94 public
offerings of equity securities. The limited partners of Tailwind Capital
Partners 2000, L.P. are employees of Thomas Weisel Partners LLC. Tailwind
Capital Partners purchased 53,004 limited partner interests representing limited
partner interests in Rackspace, Ltd. in March 2000 for an aggregate purchase
price of $300,000, which units will be converted into 63,605 shares of our
common stock prior to this offering.


COMMISSIONS AND DISCOUNTS

    The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially
to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the initial public offering
price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that
price less a concession not in excess of $      per share of common stock. The
underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of
$      per share of common stock on sales to other dealers. After the initial
public offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may change.

                                       59
<PAGE>
    The following table shows the per share and total public offering price,
underwriting discount to be paid by us to the underwriters and the proceeds
before expenses to us. This information is presented assuming either no exercise
or full exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            PER SHARE   WITHOUT OPTION   WITH OPTION
                                                            ---------   --------------   -----------
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>              <C>
Public offering price.....................................   $              $               $
Underwriting discount.....................................   $              $               $
Proceeds, before expenses, to us..........................   $              $               $
</TABLE>

    The expenses of the offering, exclusive of the underwriting discount, are
estimated at $   and are payable by us.

OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION


    We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after
the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 570,000
additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price set forth on
the cover page of this prospectus, less the underwriting discount. The
underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover over-allotments, if any,
made on the sale of our common stock offered in this offering. To the extent
that the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated,
subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares of our
common stock proportionate to the underwriters' initial amount reflected in the
foregoing table.


RESERVED SHARES


    At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial
public offering price, up to 275,000 of the shares offered in this offering to
be sold to some of our directors, officers, employees, distributors, dealers,
business associates and related persons. The number of shares of our common
stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent
that those persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are
not orally confirmed for purchase within one day of the pricing of the offering
will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as
the other shares offered by this prospectus.


LOCK-UP

    We and our executive officers and directors and all existing stockholders
have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. on behalf of the underwriters for a period of
180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to directly or indirectly:

    - offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to
      purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right
      or warrant for the sale of or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares
      of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or
      exercisable for or repayable with our common stock, whether now owned or
      later acquired by the person executing the agreement or with respect to
      which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of
      disposition, or file a registration statement under the Securities Act
      with respect to any shares of our common stock; or

    - enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in
      part, the economic consequence of ownership of our common stock whether
      any swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of our common stock
      or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

                                       60
<PAGE>
NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET QUOTATION

    We have applied for quotation of our common stock on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "RACK."

    Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock.
The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations
between us and the representatives. The factors to be considered in determining
the initial public offering price, in addition to prevailing market conditions,
will be the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the
representatives believe to be comparable to us, our financial information, our
history, our prospects, the industry in which we compete, and an assessment of
our management, its past and present operations, the prospects for, and timing
of, our future revenue, the present state of our development, and the above
factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other
companies engaged in activities similar to ours. There can be no assurance that
an active trading market will develop for our common stock or that our common
stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering at or above the
initial public offering price.

PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS AND PENALTY BIDS

    Until the distribution of our common stock is completed, rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission may limit the ability of the underwriters to
bid for and purchase our common stock. As an exception to these rules, the
representatives are permitted to engage in transactions that stabilize the price
of our common stock. These transactions consist of bids or purchases for the
purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our common stock.

    If the underwriters create a short position in our common stock in
connection with the offering, that is, if they sell more shares of our common
stock than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the
representatives may reduce that short position by purchasing our common stock in
the open market. The representatives may also elect to reduce any short position
by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described above.

    The representatives may also impose a penalty bid on underwriters. This
means that if the representatives purchase shares of our common stock in the
open market to reduce the underwriters' short position or to stabilize the price
of our common stock, they may reclaim the amount of the selling concession from
the underwriters and selling group members who sold those shares.

    In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to
reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than
it might be in the absence of these purchases. The imposition of a penalty bid
might also have an effect on the price of our common stock to the extent that it
discourages resales of our common stock.

    Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither
we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the representatives
will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced,
will not be discontinued without notice.

                                       61
<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS


    The validity of the common stock in this offering will be passed upon for us
by Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP, Austin, Texas. We have agreed to issue a
warrant to Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP to purchase 21,200 shares of common
stock with an exercise price of $4.72 per share. Certain legal matters in
connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Dallas, Texas.


                                    EXPERTS

    The financial statements of Rackspace, Ltd. as of December 31, 1998 and 1999
and for the period from December 29, 1998 (inception) to December 31, 1998 and
the year ended December 31, 1999, and the financial statements of Cymitar
Technology Group, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the period from
January 1, 1998 to December 28, 1998 have been included in this prospectus and
the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part in reliance upon
the report of KPMG LLP, independent certified public accountants, appearing
elsewhere in this prospectus, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.

         WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT RACKSPACE.COM

    We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities
Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock to be sold in this
offering. This prospectus does not contain all the information included in the
registration statement and the exhibits thereto. For further information about
us and the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering, please refer
to this registration statement. Complete exhibits have been or will be filed
with our registration statement on Form S-1.

    As a result of this offering, we will be subject to the information and
reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and will file and
furnish to our stockholders annual reports containing financial statements
audited by our independent auditors, make available to our stockholders
quarterly reports containing unaudited financial data for the first three
quarters of each fiscal year, proxy statements and other information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

    You may read and copy any contract, agreement or other document referred to
in this prospectus and any portion of our registration statement or any other
information from our filings at the Securities and Exchange Commission's public
reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at certain
regional offices. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a
duplicating fee, by writing to the Securities and Exchange Commission. Please
call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further
information about the public reference rooms. Our filings with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, including our registration statement, are also
available to you without charge at the Securities and Exchange Commission's Web
site, http://www.sec.gov.

                                       62
<PAGE>
                          INDEX TO RACKSPACE.COM, INC.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Independent Auditors' Report................................    F-2

Balance Sheets at December 31, 1998 and 1999 and March 31,
  2000 (unaudited)..........................................    F-3

Statements of Operations....................................    F-4

  The Company -- For the period from December 29, 1998
    (inception) to December 31, 1998 and for the year ended
    December 31, 1999 and the three months ended March 31,
    1999 and March 31, 2000 (unaudited)
  The Predecessor -- For the year ended December 31, 1997
    and for the period from January 1, 1998 to
    December 28, 1998

Statements of Changes in Partners' Capital/Stockholders'
  Equity....................................................    F-5

  The Company -- For the period from December 29, 1998
    (inception) to December 31, 1998 and for the year ended
    December 31, 1999 and the three months ended March 31,
    2000 (unaudited)
  The Predecessor -- For the year ended December 31, 1997
    and for the period from January 1, 1998 to
    December 28, 1998

Statements of Cash Flows....................................    F-6

  The Company -- For the period from December 29, 1998
    (inception) to December 31, 1998 and for the year ended
    December 31, 1999 and the three months ended March 31,
    1999 and March 31, 2000 (unaudited)
  The Predecessor -- For the year ended December 31, 1997
    and for the period from January 1, 1998 to
    December 28, 1998

Notes to Financial Statements...............................    F-7
</TABLE>


                                      F-1
<PAGE>
The Board of Directors
Rackspace, Ltd.

    When certain of the transactions referred to in note 7 of the Notes to
Financial Statements have been consummated, we will be in a position to render
the following report.

                                          KPMG LLP


San Antonio, Texas
May 11, 2000


                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors
Rackspace, Ltd.


    We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Rackspace, Ltd. (dba
Rackspace.com) (the "Company") as of December 31, 1998 and 1999 and the related
statements of operations, partners' capital, and cash flows for the period from
December 29, 1998 (inception) to December 31, 1998 and the year ended
December 31, 1999 and the statements of operations, stockholders' equity and
cash flows of Cymitar Technology Group, Inc. (the Company's Predecessor) for the
year ended December 31, 1997 and the period from January 1, 1998 to
December 28, 1998. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.


    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Rackspace, Ltd. as of
December 31, 1998 and 1999, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the period from December 29, 1998 (inception) to December 31, 1998 and the
year ended December 31, 1999 and the results of operations and cash flows of
Cymitar Technology Group, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the
period from January 1, 1998 to December 28, 1998, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.

San Antonio, Texas
February 29, 2000, except
  as to Note 7 which
  is as of       .

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                                RACKSPACE, LTD.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            MARCH 31,
                                                                                              2000
                                                                                            PRO FORMA
                                                        DECEMBER 31,                      STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                    ---------------------    MARCH 31,       EQUITY
                                                      1998        1999         2000         (NOTE 7)
                                                    --------   ----------   -----------   -------------
                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>
                                                ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................  $150,000   $3,794,784   $12,535,029
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for
    doubtful accounts of $108,691 in 2000, $51,016
    in 1999 and none in 1998......................     5,233      136,260       254,325
  Interest receivable--related party..............        --        4,932            --
  Note receivable.................................        --           --       250,000
  Prepaid expenses and deposits...................        --       19,622       125,128
                                                    --------   ----------   -----------
      Total current assets........................   155,233    3,955,598    13,164,482
Property and equipment, net.......................    70,623    1,666,139     3,965,866
Goodwill, at cost, less accumulated
  amortization....................................   117,305       99,805        95,430
Other assets......................................        --      142,244       514,812
                                                    --------   ----------   -----------
      Total assets................................  $343,161   $5,863,786   $17,740,590
                                                    ========   ==========   ===========
                        LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL/STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable................................  $    896   $  974,961   $ 1,436,129
  Deferred revenue................................        --      150,083       288,141
  Accrued expenses................................       105       95,217       587,116
                                                    --------   ----------   -----------
      Total current liabilities...................     1,001    1,220,261     2,311,386
Note payable and accrued interest--related
  party...........................................   150,066           --            --
                                                    --------   ----------   -----------
      Total liabilities...........................   151,067    1,220,261     2,311,386
Partners' capital/stockholders' equity:
  Partners' capital...............................   192,094    5,393,525    15,429,204
  Note receivable for issuance of partnership
    interest......................................        --     (750,000)           --             --
  Stockholders' equity--pro forma:
    Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 30,000,000
      shares authorized; no shares issued and
      outstanding.................................                                                  --
    Common stock, $0.001 par value, 170,000,000
      shares authorized; 20,377,042 shares issued
      and outstanding.............................                                              20,377
    Additional paid-in capital....................                                          16,644,890
  Deferred stock compensation.....................        --           --                   (1,236,063)
                                                    --------   ----------   -----------    -----------
      Total partners' capital/stockholders'
        equity....................................   192,094    4,643,525    15,429,204    $15,429,204
                                                    --------   ----------   -----------    ===========
      Total liabilities and partners'
        capital/stockholders' equity..............  $343,161   $5,863,786   $17,740,590
                                                    ========   ==========   ===========
</TABLE>


                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                                RACKSPACE, LTD.

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 THE PREDECESSOR                              THE COMPANY
                           ---------------------------   ------------------------------------------------------
                                                         PERIOD FROM
                                                         DECEMBER 29,
                                          PERIOD FROM        1998
                                           JANUARY 1,    (INCEPTION)                      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                            YEAR ENDED      1998 TO           TO         YEAR ENDED    ------------------------
                           DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 28,   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,     MARCH 31,
                               1997           1998           1998           1999          1999         2000
                           ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------   ----------   -----------
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                        <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
Total revenues...........    $ 72,535      $ 166,632      $       76    $ 1,700,537    $  125,507   $ 1,434,967
                             --------      ---------      ----------    -----------    ----------   -----------
Operating expenses:
  Cost of revenues.......      38,895         73,767              --        513,424        31,232       622,571
  Sales and marketing....         648          3,615              --      1,612,071        78,414     1,510,535
  General and
    administrative.......      47,705        181,260              23        870,155        80,774       811,509
  Product development....          --             --              --         52,712         7,724        53,105
  Depreciation and
    amortization.........       6,912         12,363             262        261,730        20,513       304,442
  Amortization of
    deferred stock
    compensation.........          --             --              --             --            --       380,378
                             --------      ---------      ----------    -----------    ----------   -----------
      Total operating
        expenses.........      94,160        271,005             285      3,310,092       218,657     3,682,540
                             --------      ---------      ----------    -----------    ----------   -----------
      Loss from
        operations.......     (21,625)      (104,373)           (209)    (1,609,555)      (93,150)   (2,247,573)
                             --------      ---------      ----------    -----------    ----------   -----------
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense.......      (3,247)        (7,767)            (66)       (53,112)       (3,682)           --
  Other income, net......          --             --              --          9,869            --       102,874
                             --------      ---------      ----------    -----------    ----------   -----------
                               (3,247)        (7,767)            (66)       (43,243)       (3,682)      102,874
                             --------      ---------      ----------    -----------    ----------   -----------
      Net loss...........    $(24,872)     $(112,140)     $     (275)   $(1,652,798)   $  (96,832)  $(2,144,699)
                             ========      =========      ==========    ===========    ==========   ===========
  Pro forma basic and
    diluted net loss per
    common share
    (unaudited)..........                                 $    (0.00)   $     (0.13)   $    (0.01)  $     (0.12)
                                                          ==========    ===========    ==========   ===========
  Shares used in
    computing pro forma
    basic and diluted net
    loss per common share
    (unaudited)..........                                 12,000,000     12,879,718    12,000,000    18,043,072
                                                          ==========    ===========    ==========   ===========
</TABLE>


                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                                RACKSPACE, LTD.

              STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS' CAPITAL/STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     NOTE
                                            PARTNERS'           RECEIVABLE FOR
                                          CONTRIBUTIONS          ISSUANCE OF       DEFERRED         COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL
                                     ------------------------    PARTNERSHIP         STOCK       -------------------    PAID IN
                                       UNITS        AMOUNT         INTEREST      COMPENSATION     SHARES     AMOUNT     CAPITAL
                                     ----------   -----------   --------------   -------------   --------   --------   ----------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>           <C>              <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at December 31, 1996.......          --   $        --            --                --     1,000      $5,552        --
Net loss...........................          --            --            --                --        --          --        --
                                     ----------   -----------     ---------       -----------     -----      ------       ---
Balance at December 31, 1997.......          --            --            --                --     1,000       5,552        --
Net loss...........................          --            --            --                --        --          --        --
                                     ----------   -----------     ---------       -----------     -----      ------       ---
Balance of Predecessor at
  December 28, 1998................          --            --            --                --     1,000      $5,552       $--
                                     ==========   ===========     =========       ===========     =====      ======       ===
Formation of the Company and
  initial contribution--at
  inception (December 29, 1998)....  10,000,000   $   192,369     $      --       $        --        --      $   --       $--
Net loss for the period from
  December 29, 1998 to
  December 31, 1998................          --          (275)           --                --        --          --        --
                                     ----------   -----------     ---------       -----------     -----      ------       ---
Balance at December 31, 1998.......  10,000,000       192,094            --                --        --          --        --
Cash contribution..................          --         7,631            --                --        --          --        --
Conversion of advances on credit
  agreement and accrued interest to
  partnership interest.............   1,904,762     1,082,532            --                --        --          --        --
Conversion of advances on credit
  agreement to partnership
  interest.........................     238,095       500,000            --                --        --          --        --
Sale of partnership interest for
  cash and note receivable, net of
  related costs....................   2,528,571     5,264,066      (750,000)               --        --          --        --
Net loss...........................          --    (1,652,798)           --                --
                                     ----------   -----------     ---------       -----------     -----      ------       ---
Balance at December 31, 1999.......  14,671,428     5,393,525      (750,000)               --        --          --        --
Sale of partnership interest for
  cash.............................     357,143       750,000            --                --        --          --        --
Repayment of note receivable.......          --            --       750,000                --        --          --        --
Sale of partnership interest for
  cash.............................   1,952,297    11,050,000            --                --        --          --        --
Compensatory element of stock
  options granted..................          --     1,616,441            --        (1,616,441)       --          --        --
Amortization of deferred stock
  compensation.....................          --            --            --           380,378        --          --        --
Net loss...........................          --    (2,144,699)           --                --        --          --        --
                                     --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     16,980,868   $16,665,267     $      --       $(1,236,063)               $   --       $--
                                     ==========   ===========     =========       ===========     =====      ======       ===

<CAPTION>
                                                        TOTAL
                                                      PARTNERS'
                                                      CAPITAL/
                                     ACCUMULATED    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                       DEFICIT         EQUITY
                                     ------------   -------------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>
Balance at December 31, 1996.......  $    (8,582)    $    (3,030)
Net loss...........................      (24,872)        (24,872)
                                     ------------    -----------
Balance at December 31, 1997.......      (33,454)        (27,902)
Net loss...........................     (112,140)       (112,140)
                                     ------------    -----------
Balance of Predecessor at
  December 28, 1998................  $  (145,594)    $  (140,042)
                                     ============    ===========
Formation of the Company and
  initial contribution--at
  inception (December 29, 1998)....  $        --     $   192,369
Net loss for the period from
  December 29, 1998 to
  December 31, 1998................           --            (275)
                                     ------------    -----------
Balance at December 31, 1998.......           --         192,094
Cash contribution..................           --           7,631
Conversion of advances on credit
  agreement and accrued interest to
  partnership interest.............           --       1,082,532
Conversion of advances on credit
  agreement to partnership
  interest.........................           --         500,000
Sale of partnership interest for
  cash and note receivable, net of
  related costs....................           --       4,514,066
Net loss...........................           --      (1,652,798)
                                     ------------    -----------
Balance at December 31, 1999.......           --       4,643,525
Sale of partnership interest for
  cash.............................           --         750,000
Repayment of note receivable.......           --         750,000
Sale of partnership interest for
  cash.............................           --      11,050,000
Compensatory element of stock
  options granted..................           --              --
Amortization of deferred stock
  compensation.....................           --         380,378
Net loss...........................           --      (2,144,699)
                                     ----------------------------
                                     $               $15,429,204
                                     ============    ===========
</TABLE>


                See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                                RACKSPACE, LTD.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            THE PREDECESSOR                                  THE COMPANY
                                      ---------------------------   -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                                     PERIOD FROM     DECEMBER 29,
                                                      JANUARY 1,         1998                            THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                       YEAR ENDED      1998 TO      (INCEPTION) TO    YEAR ENDED    -----------------------------
                                      DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 28,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,       MARCH 31,
                                          1997           1998            1998            1999           1999            2000
                                      ------------   ------------   --------------   ------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                   <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>
Cash flows from operating
  activities:
  Net loss..........................    $(24,872)     $(112,140)       $   (275)     $(1,652,798)     $ (96,832)     $(2,144,699)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss
    to net cash provided by (used
    in) operating activities:
      Depreciation and
        amortization................       6,912         12,363             262          261,730         20,513          304,442
      Amortization of deferred stock
        compensation................          --             --              --               --             --          380,378
      Interest accrued on credit
        agreement...................         886          7,642              66           53,112          3,682            4,932
      Changes in operating assets
        and liabilities:
        Receivables.................      (2,146)         1,875             (76)        (135,959)       (19,798)        (118,031)
        Prepaid expenses and other
          assets....................          --             --              --         (163,661)        (2,603)        (485,456)
        Accounts payable and accrued
          expenses..................      (5,956)        51,145           1,001        1,048,530         66,037          953,031
        Deferred revenues...........       1,543         10,052              --          150,083         20,469          138,059
                                        --------      ---------        --------      -----------      ---------      -----------
          Net cash provided by (used
            in) operating
            activities..............     (23,633)       (29,063)            978         (438,963)        (8,532)        (967,344)
Cash flows from investing
  activities:
  Acquisition of property and
    equipment.......................      (5,531)       (47,359)           (978)      (1,837,950)      (228,956)      (2,592,411)
        Issuance of note
          receivable................          --             --              --               --             --         (250,000)
                                        --------      ---------        --------      -----------      ---------      -----------
          Net cash used in investing
            activities..............      (5,531)       (47,359)           (978)      (1,837,950)      (228,956)      (2,842,411)
                                        --------      ---------        --------      -----------      ---------      -----------
Cash flows from financing
  activities:
  Sale of partnership interests,
    net.............................          --             --              --        4,514,066             --       11,800,000
  Repayment of note receivable......          --             --              --               --                         750,000
  Advances on credit agreement......      47,460         70,000         150,000        1,400,000        200,000               --
  Partner contribution..............          --             --              --            7,631             --               --
                                        --------      ---------        --------      -----------      ---------      -----------
          Net cash provided by
            financing activities....      47,460         70,000         150,000        5,921,697        200,000       12,550,000
                                        --------      ---------        --------      -----------      ---------      -----------
          Increase (decrease) in
            cash and cash
            equivalents.............      18,296         (6,422)        150,000        3,644,784        (37,488)       8,740,245
Cash and equivalents, beginning of
  period............................         887         19,183              --          150,000        150,000        3,794,784
                                        --------      ---------        --------      -----------      ---------      -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of
  period............................    $ 19,183      $  12,761        $150,000      $ 3,794,784      $ 112,512      $12,535,029
                                        ========      =========        ========      ===========      =========      ===========
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash
  transactions:
  Purchase of certain assets of
    Predecessor for assumption of
    liabilities.....................    $     --      $      --        $192,369      $        --      $      --      $        --
                                        ========      =========        ========      ===========      =========      ===========
  Conversion of advances on credit
    agreement and accrued interest
    to partnership interest.........    $     --      $      --        $     --      $ 1,582,532      $      --      $        --
                                        ========      =========        ========      ===========      =========      ===========
  Sale of partnership interest for
    note receivable.................    $     --      $      --        $     --      $   750,000      $      --      $        --
                                        ========      =========        ========      ===========      =========      ===========
</TABLE>


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                                RACKSPACE, LTD.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


       (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND FOR THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS
             ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 AND MARCH 31, 1999 IS UNAUDITED)


(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES

    (A) ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS


    Rackspace, Ltd. (the "Company"), a Texas limited partnership, was formed on
December 29, 1998 to provide Internet hosting services. The Company, at its
formation, was owned by Macroweb, LC, a Texas limited liability company (the
"General Partner"), Trout, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership, Richard Yoo,
Patrick Condon, and Dirk Elmendorf (collectively, the "Limited Partners"). The
Company provides Linux-based Internet hosting services primarily targeted to
small- to medium-sized enterprises worldwide. Through the Company's hosting
services, customers are offered a means to outsource their Internet operations
while enabling them to rapidly add bandwidth and upgrade their dedicated server
hardware to support their needs as they expand.


    Upon formation, 10,000,000 partner interests were issued. Concurrent with
the formation, the Company entered into an asset purchase and sale agreement
with Cymitar Technology Group, Inc. ("Cymitar" or "the Predecessor"), a Texas
corporation, whereby the Company purchased substantially all of the assets of
Cymitar by assuming substantially all of its outstanding liabilities which
aggregated $192,369 on the date of the agreement (December 29, 1998). The
transaction was accounted for under the purchase method. The purchase price was
allocated principally to computer equipment, software and other equipment at
their estimated fair values, and the excess of cost over the fair value of net
assets acquired of $117,451 was recognized as goodwill which is being amortized
over seven years.

    The significant accounting policies and practices utilized by the
Predecessor were consistent with those utilized by the Company.

    (B) LIQUIDITY

    The Company has incurred net operating losses and negative cash flows from
operations since its inception. Such losses are due primarily to the Company's
efforts to aggressively expand its customer base through targeted marketing and
advertising initiatives. The Company expects that it will continue to incur net
losses as it expends substantial additional resources in an attempt to rapidly
increase its market share. There can be no assurance that the Company will
achieve or sustain profitability or positive cash flow from its operations. The
Company may need to obtain additional debt or equity financing to fund its
operations.

    (C) CASH EQUIVALENTS

    For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers all
highly liquid interest-bearing instruments with original maturities of three
months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash balances at December 31, 1999
consisted of bank deposits and overnight money market accounts. Cash balances at
December 31, 1998 consisted of bank deposits.

    (D) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT


    Equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at cost. Depreciation is
provided using the straight line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets (three to five years for Internet access and computer equipment and seven
years for office equipment). Leasehold improvements are amortized over the
shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset.


                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                                RACKSPACE, LTD.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


       (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND FOR THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS
             ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 AND MARCH 31, 1999 IS UNAUDITED)


(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES (CONTINUED)
    (E) OTHER ASSETS

    Other assets are comprised primarily of deposits and software licenses which
are amortized over the license term.

    (F) INCOME TAXES

    As a partnership, the Company is not directly liable for federal income
taxes. For federal income tax purposes, the partnership's tax attributes are
passed through to the partners and included on their individual returns.


    Subsequent to the reorganization discussed in note 7, the Company will
account for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, "ACCOUNTING FOR INCOME TAXES." Had the Company
applied the provisions of SFAS No. 109 for the period from inception through
December 31, 1999, the Company would have recorded a deferred tax asset, subject
to a 100% valuation allowance. This pro forma net deferred tax asset (pro forma
to exclude the effect of tax losses which passed through to the former partners)
is principally comprised of deferred revenue.


    (G) REVENUE RECOGNITION

    Revenues consist primarily of recurring monthly fees from customer use of
Internet servers and related services and from set-up fees. Contracts are
generally month-to-month; however, customers have the option of entering into
contracts for longer periods. Revenues from these contracts are recognized as
services are provided. Payments received and billings in advance of providing
services are deferred until the services are provided. Set-up fees are
nonrefundable and are separately priced from the use of Internet servers and
related services and are recognized at the time a new customer account is
created and the set-up process is completed. Set-up costs consist primarily of
labor by technical support personnel to configure the customer's Internet server
and to activate the new service. The Company has no obligation to perform any
future set-up services and no additional set-up services are necessary following
expiration of the initial contract period and upon renewal of the contract by
the customer.

    (H) USE OF ESTIMATES

    Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions
relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities to prepare financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.

    (I) IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO BE DISPOSED OF


    The Company accounts for long-lived assets, including goodwill, in
accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 121, "ACCOUNTING FOR THE IMPAIRMENT
OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO BE DISPOSED OF." This
Statement requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles
be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of
assets to be held and used is measured


                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                                RACKSPACE, LTD.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


       (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND FOR THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS
             ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 AND MARCH 31, 1999 IS UNAUDITED)


(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES (CONTINUED)

by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net
cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered
to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by
which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.
Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or
fair value less cost to sell.


    (J) ADVERTISING AND MARKETING COSTS

    The Company charges advertising and marketing costs to expense in the period
incurred. Advertising expenses for the year ended December 31, 1997, the period
from January 1, 1998 to December 28, 1998, the period from inception to
December 31, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1999 were approximately
$1,000, $4,000, $-0- and $1,497,000, respectively.

    (K) STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION


    The Company applies the intrinsic value-based method of accounting
prescribed by Accounting Principles Board ("APB") Opinion No. 25, "ACCOUNTING
FOR STOCK ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES," and related interpretations, in accounting for
its stock options. As such, compensation expense would be recorded on the date
of grant only if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the
exercise price. The Company adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123,
"ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION." There were no options issued or
outstanding at December 31, 1999.


    (L) PRO FORMA BASIC AND DILUTED NET LOSS PER SHARE

    Following the reorganization discussed in note 7, the Company will compute
net loss per share in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 128, "EARNINGS
PER SHARE." Under the provisions of SFAS No. 128, basic and diluted net loss per
share is computed by dividing the net loss available to common stockholders for
the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during
the period. The calculation of diluted net loss per share excludes all shares of
common stock issuable upon exercise of employee stock options as the effect of
the exercise would be antidilutive.

    (M) COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

    The Company reports comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with SFAS
No. 130, "REPORTING COMPREHENSIVE INCOME." In each period presented,
comprehensive net loss does not differ from the reported net loss.


    (N) SEGMENT REPORTING



    The Company has adopted SFAS No. 131, "DISCLOSURE ABOUT SEGMENTS OF AN
ENTERPRISE AND RELATED INFORMATION." SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for the
way that public business enterprises report selected information about operating
segments in annual and interim financial statements. It also establishes
standards for related disclosures about products and services, geographical
areas and major customers. SFAS No. 131 requires the use of the "management
approach" in disclosing segment information; based largely on how senior
management generally analyzes the business operations. The


                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                                RACKSPACE, LTD.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


       (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND FOR THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS
             ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 AND MARCH 31, 1999 IS UNAUDITED)


(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND PRACTICES (CONTINUED)

Company did not have any operations or net assets or liabilities in foreign
locations for the period from inception to December 31, 1999 and currently
operates in only one segment. All sales were denominated in U.S. dollars. See
note 6.



    (O) UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



    The unaudited interim financial statements as of March 31, 2000, and for the
three-month periods ended March 31, 1999 and 2000, have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial
information. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and
footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete
financial statements. They do reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal
recurring accruals) which, in the opinion of the Company's management, are
necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods
presented.



    The results of operations for the three month period ended March 31, 2000,
are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other
interim period or for the full year.



    (P) RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS


    In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS
No. 133, "ACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES," which
will be effective for the Company's fiscal year ending December 31, 2001. This
statement establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that each
derivative instrument, including certain derivative instruments embedded in
other contracts, be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or
liability measured at its fair value. The statement also requires that changes
in the derivative's fair value be recognized in earnings unless specific hedge
accounting criteria are met. The Company has not evaluated the impact of SFAS
No. 133; however, it believes the adoption of SFAS No. 133 will not have a
material effect on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows
as it has not entered into any derivative contracts.

(2) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

    A summary of property and equipment at December 31, 1998 and December 31,
1999 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1998       1999
                                                          --------   ---------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>
Internet access and computer equipment..................  $65,516    1,662,333
Office equipment........................................    5,223      102,316
Leasehold improvements..................................       --      144,040
                                                          -------    ---------
                                                           70,739    1,908,689
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization..........      116      242,550
                                                          -------    ---------
                                                          $70,623    1,666,139
                                                          =======    =========
</TABLE>

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                                RACKSPACE, LTD.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


       (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND FOR THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS
             ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 AND MARCH 31, 1999 IS UNAUDITED)


(3) PARTNERS' CAPITAL

    Pursuant to the second amendment to the partnership agreement dated
November 30, 1999, the Company declared a ten-for-one split of all limited
partner interests outstanding prior to November 30, 1999. Limited partner
interests for all periods presented have been adjusted to reflect this split.
Under this amendment, certain key personnel were given the option of receiving,
in lieu of their salary, options to acquire limited partner interests commencing
at the beginning of each calendar quarter of 2000. No options were granted as of
December 31, 1999.

    Pursuant to a Subscription Agreement (the "Agreement") dated November 30,
1999, between the Company and private investors, some of whom were officers and
equity holders of the Company, the Company sold 2,766,667 limited partner
interests for $2.10 per limited partner interest. The Agreement provided for the
issuance of the limited partner interests for $4,560,000 in cash, conversion of
$500,000 of advances due under the Company's credit agreement and receipt of a
$750,000 short-term promissory note from an entity principally owned by one of
the investors who is also an officer. Subsequent to December 31, 1999, the note
was paid in full. The Agreement also provided certain of the investors warrants
to invest an additional $1,300,000 at the same price per limited partner
interest for a period beginning November 30, 1999 through December 31, 2001.

    The Agreement provides the investors anti-dilution rights whereby if the
Company issues any additional limited partner interests, other than to employees
pursuant to an option agreement or as compensation for services rendered, or
incident to an acquisition of assets in which more than 700,000 limited partner
interests are issued to the seller, and the purchase price per limited partner
interest is less than $2.10, the Company will issue the investors additional
limited partner interests in an amount which provides them with the same
ownership percentage as was held by them on November 30, 1999.

(4) DEBT

    The Company entered into credit agreements with Exeter Financial, L.C.
("Exeter"), a financial institution owned by the principal owners of
Trout, Ltd., to provide for cash advances in the form of term notes of not more
than $1,550,000 bearing interest at a fixed rate of 8% per annum. Total cash
advances under the credit agreements amounted to $1,550,000. Trout, Ltd.
subsequently acquired the rights to the debt from Exeter. Pursuant to amendments
to the partnership agreement, the partners agreed to convert the $1,550,000 in
outstanding principal and $32,532 of accrued but unpaid interest in exchange for
2,142,857 limited partner interests. Interest expense of $66 and $53,112 for the
period ended December 31, 1998 and for the year ended December 31, 1999,
respectively, was incurred under these related party advances.

(5) COMMITMENTS


    The Company leased its office space on a month-to-month basis through
December 31, 1999 from an entity controlled by a principal owner of Trout, Ltd.
The Company and this entity entered into a lease agreement in February 2000
which expires in February 2003 and requires the Company to pay all maintenance
and insurance. The Company recognized approximately $38,000 in rental expense
for the year ended December 31, 1999 under this lease arrangement. The Company
has also entered into agreements for dedicated Internet access service with
multiple network vendors. The agreements vary from one to five years and provide
for penalties for early termination. The agreements are generally


                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                                RACKSPACE, LTD.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


       (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND FOR THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS
             ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 AND MARCH 31, 1999 IS UNAUDITED)


(5) COMMITMENTS (CONTINUED)

subject to a master contract which allows for service order upgrades at the
Company's request. Monthly billings are increased based on usage levels. The
Company's minimum commitments are accounted for ratably over the term of these
agreements.


    Future minimum payments under these commitments are:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDING                                                          RELATED
DECEMBER 31,                                              TOTAL       PARTY
- ------------                                            ----------   --------
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>
  2000................................................  $  904,432   $120,000
  2001................................................     672,076    184,000
  2002................................................     518,967    333,510
  2003................................................     219,902     60,302
  2004................................................     146,300         --
                                                        ----------   --------
Total.................................................  $2,461,677   $697,812
                                                        ==========   ========
</TABLE>



    Additionally, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase equipment in
December 1999 and paid approximately $106,000 (included in other assets at
December 31, 1999) as a down payment. The agreement is non-cancelable and the
Company is obligated for the remaining balance of $320,000 at December 31, 1999.
This amount, including $117,000 for a related service agreement, became due when
the equipment was delivered in February 2000. The service agreement will be
amortized over its term.


(6) GEOGRAPHIC AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION

    The Company operates in one segment to provide dedicated servers and related
services to its customers. Total export revenues consisted of sales from the
Company's U.S. operation to customers in other geographic regions. No
geographical information is provided for 1997 and 1998 as the Company's
operations were limited to North America.

    The following is a summary of revenues by geographic area for the year ended
December 31, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        NORTH AMERICA    EUROPE      ASIA      OTHER       TOTAL
                                        -------------   --------   --------   --------   ----------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues..............................    $1,132,954     325,695    180,741     61,147    1,700,537
                                          ==========    ========   ========   ========   ==========
</TABLE>

    During the year ended December 31, 1999, the Company charged $91,883 to its
allowance for doubtful accounts and wrote off $40,867 of accounts receivable.

(7) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

    (A) CORPORATE REORGANIZATION


    In       2000, the Company's partners authorized the reorganization of the
Partnership into a corporation prior to and in anticipation of the Company's
initial public offering. Upon the consummation of the reorganization, the
corporation will be authorized to issue 170,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value
common stock of which 20,377,042 shares will be issued to the existing partners
on a


                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                RACKSPACE, LTD.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


       (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND FOR THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS
             ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 AND MARCH 31, 1999 IS UNAUDITED)


(7) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED)

1.2-for-1 unit basis. The Company also authorized 30,000,000 shares of preferred
stock, par value $0.001. The reorganization will be accounted for at historical
cost.


    (B) STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS


    The Company has adopted the 1999 Unit Option Plan. The plan authorizes
grants of options to purchase limited partner interests at fair market value as
determined by the general partner of Rackspace, Ltd. Options have seven year
terms and vest over three years. During the three months ended March 31, 2000,
options to purchase 432,897 limited partner interests of the Company under this
plan were issued to employees at a weighted exercise price of $2.56. In April
2000, options to purchase 348,358 limited partner interests of the Company were
issued to employees at an exercise price of $5.66.



    Commencing on January 1, 2000, certain key personnel exercised their right
to forgo salary in exchange for 47,936 options to acquire limited partner
interests at an exercise price of $0.01 per partner interest. Options vest
immediately.



    The Company recorded deferred stock compensation of $1,616,441 upon the
issuance of these options during the three months ended March 31, 2000 as the
exercise price was below the fair market value of the partnership interest on
the date of the grant pursuant to APB Opinion No. 25. The deferred compensation
will be amortized over the vesting period. Amortization of deferred stock
compensation was $380,378 for the three months ended March 31, 2000. The Company
expects to recognize additional deferred stock compensation in the second
quarter of fiscal 2000 to account for the options granted in April 2000.



    The 2000 Stock Incentive Plan was adopted in             2000, as the
successor to the 1999 Unit Option Plan. The 2000 Stock Incentive Plan will
provide for four separate programs. The first program is the discretionary
option grant program under which eligible individuals as defined and including
officers, non-employee board members and consultants, may be granted options to
purchase shares of common stock. The second program is the stock issuance
program under which eligible individuals may be issued shares of common stock
directly, through the purchase of such shares or as a bonus tied to the
performance of services. The third program is the salary investment option grant
program under which executive officers and other highly compensated employees
may elect to apply a portion of their base salary to the acquisition of special
below-market stock option grants. The fourth program is the automatic option
grant program under which option grants will automatically be made at periodic
intervals to eligible non-employee board members.



    The Company adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan in             2000.
Under the plan, shares of the Company's common stock may be purchased at
six-month intervals at   % of the lower of the fair market value on the first or
the last day of each six-month period.


    (C) CAPITAL AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS


    In January 2000, the Company sold for cash 238,095 limited partner interests
at $2.10 per partner interest pursuant to the Subscription Agreement dated
November 30, 1999 (note 3).


                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                                RACKSPACE, LTD.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


       (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 2000 AND FOR THE THREE-MONTH PERIODS
             ENDED MARCH 31, 2000 AND MARCH 31, 1999 IS UNAUDITED)


(7) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED)
    The Company also sold 119,048 limited partner interests at $2.10 per partner
interest to another investor for cash effective January 17, 2000.

    In March 2000, the Company sold 1,952,297 limited partner interests at $5.66
per partner interest to certain investors for cash. In addition, two of the
investors were granted warrants to purchase $6 million in additional partner
interests at a price equal to the greater of $18.24 or the price which is at the
mid-point of the filing range of the Company's anticipated initial public
offering.


    In March 2000, the Company executed a memorandum of understanding with Red
Hat for a proposed joint marketing arrangement. The proposed arrangement
contemplates the payment of a set up fee, quarterly contract fees and customer
referral fees to Red Hat to be accounted for ratably over a 12 month period.



    In March 2000, the Company issued a short-term note receivable to a software
company bearing interest at a fixed rate of 7.5% per annum. The note receivable
and interest is due in June 2000.


    (D) PRO FORMA EARNINGS PER SHARE


    The pro forma information regarding net loss per share and weighted average
shares outstanding set forth below gives effect to the treatment of partner
interests as shares of common stock based on a 1.2-for-1 unit basis.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PERIOD FROM
                                                  DECEMBER 29, 1998
                                                     (INCEPTION)        YEAR ENDED
                                                          TO           DECEMBER 31,
                                                  DECEMBER 31, 1998        1999
                                                  ------------------   ------------
<S>                                               <C>                  <C>
Numerator:
  Net loss......................................      $      (275)     $(1,652,798)
                                                      ===========      ===========
Denominator:
  Weighted average number of shares of common
    stock outstanding...........................       12,000,000       12,879,718
                                                      ===========      ===========
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per
  share.........................................      $     (0.00)     $     (0.13)
                                                      ===========      ===========
</TABLE>


                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                   Back Cover
                           [Description of Graphics]
<PAGE>
    You may rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have
not authorized anyone to provide information different from that contained in
this prospectus. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor the sale of common
stock means that information contained in this prospectus is correct after the
date of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or solicitation
of an offer to buy these shares in any circumstances under which the offer or
solicitation is unlawful.

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      Page
                                    --------
<S>                                 <C>
Prospectus Summary................        3
Risk Factors......................        7
Forward-Looking Statements and
  Associated Risks................       16
Use Of Proceeds...................       17
Dividend Policy...................       17
Holding Company...................       17
Capitalization....................       18
Dilution..........................       19
Selected Financial Data...........       20
Management's Discussion and
  Analysis of Financial Condition
  and Results of Operations.......       21
Business..........................       29
Management........................       43
Certain Transactions..............       49
Principal Stockholders............       52
Description of Capital Stock......       54
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...       57
Underwriting......................       59
Legal Matters.....................       62
Experts...........................       62
Where You Can Find Additional
  Information About Rackspace.....       62
Index to Rackspace.Com, Inc.
  Financial Statements............      F-1
</TABLE>


Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation:

    Until            , 2000 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers that buy, sell or trade in these shares of common stock, whether or not
participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. Dealers
are also obligated to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

[LOGO]


3,800,000 Shares


Common Stock

Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

Prospectus

             , 2000
<PAGE>
                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

    The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the
underwriting discount, payable by us in connection with the sale of common stock
being registered under this registration statement. All amounts are estimates
except the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.


<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
SEC registration fee........................................  $16,152
NASD fee....................................................    7,000
Nasdaq National Market listing fee..........................   95,000
Printing and engraving expenses.............................     *
Legal fees and expenses.....................................     *
Accounting fees and expenses................................     *
Blue sky fees and expenses..................................     *
Transfer agent fees.........................................     *
Miscellaneous...............................................     *
                                                              -------
      Total.................................................  $  *
                                                              =======
</TABLE>


- ------------------------

*   To be filed by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

    The following discussion assumes that our reorganization has occurred.

    Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") provides,
in effect, that any person made a party to any action by reason of the fact that
he is or was our director, officer, employee or agent may, and in certain cases
must, be indemnified by us against, in the case of a non-derivative action,
judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses (including
attorneys' fees) incurred by him as a result of such action, and in the case of
a derivative action, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), if in either
type of action he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to
be in or not opposed to our best interests. This indemnification does not apply,
in a derivative action, to matters as to which it is adjudged that the director,
officer, employee or agent is liable to us, unless upon court order it is
determined that, despite such adjudication of liability, but in view of all the
circumstances of the case, he is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for
expenses, and, in a non-derivative action, to any criminal proceeding in which
such person had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

    Article VI of our Certificate of Incorporation provides that no director
shall be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of
the director's fiduciary duties to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

    Reference is made to Section 8 of the underwriting agreement to be filed as
Exhibit 1.1 hereto, pursuant to which the underwriters have agreed to indemnify
our officers and directors against certain liabilities under the Securities Act
of 1933.

    We intend to enter into Indemnity Agreements with each director and certain
of our officers, a form of which is filed as Exhibit 10.1 to this registration
statement. Pursuant to these agreements, we will be obligated, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, to indemnify these persons against all expenses,
judgments, fines and penalties incurred in connection with the defense or
settlement of any actions brought against them by reason of the fact that they
were our directors or officers or assumed

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
certain responsibilities at our direction. We also intend to purchase directors'
and officers' liability insurance in order to limit our exposure to liability
for indemnification of directors and officers.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

    Since our inception in December 1998, we have issued and sold unregistered
securities in the following transactions:


(1) On December 29, 1998, we issued 999,000 limited partner interests to our
    founders and an entity affiliated with our executive officers. We also
    issued 1,000 general partner interests to our general partner.



(2) On September 29, 1999 we issued 1,904,760 limited partner interests to an
    entity affiliated with our executive officers upon the conversion of
    outstanding indebtedness under a promissory note in the approximate amount
    of $1.1 million.



(3) On November 30, 1999 we issued an aggregate of 2,766,667 limited partner
    interests to entities affiliated with our executive officers and other
    purchasers in a private placement for an aggregate purchase price of
    $5.8 million. The purchase price for the limited partner interests consisted
    of cash in the approximate amount of $4.6 million, a promissory note for
    $750,000 and the conversion of principal outstanding under a promissory note
    in the amount of $500,000. On November 30, 1999, we issued warrants to
    Trango Capital, LLC and The Hamilton Companies LLC for 380,952 and 238,095
    limited partner interests, respectively, for an aggregate exercise price of
    $800,000 and $500,000, respectively. We also effected a 10-for-1 limited
    partner interest split incident to this private placement.



(4) Commencing on January 1, 2000 through April 30, 2000, Graham Weston, Morris
    Miller, Pat Condon and Dirk Elmendorf exercised their right to forgo salary
    in exchange for options to acquire additional limited partner interests.
    Pursuant to an agreement, these individuals have elected to forgo salary
    during this four-month period, and receive options to acquire 47,956 limited
    partner interests at $.01 per limited partner interest.



(5) On January 17, 2000 we issued 238,095 limited partner interests to an
    investor pursuant to the exercise of a warrant for an aggregate purchase
    price of $500,000. Effective the same date, we also issued 119,047 limited
    partner interests to an investor for $250,000.



(6) On January 1, 2000 we issued options to two of our executive officers for an
    aggregate of 271,672 limited partner interests at $2.10 per limited partner
    interest.



(7) On February 15, 2000 we issued to our employees options to acquire an
    aggregate of 107,171 limited partner interests at $3.33 per limited partner
    interest. In addition we issued options to one of our executive officers for
    an aggregate of 54,054 limited partner interests at $3.33 per limited
    partner interest.



(8) On March 27, 2000, we issued an aggregate of 1,952,297 limited partner
    interests to investors in a private placement for an aggregate purchase
    price of $11.1 million. We also issued warrants for          limited partner
    interests. The limited partners of Tailwind Capital Partners 2000, L.P., an
    investor in this private placement, are employees of Thomas Weisel Partners
    LLC, an underwriter in this offering.



    The above securities were offered and sold by the registrant in reliance
upon exemptions from registration pursuant to either (1) Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as transactions not involving any public
offering or (2) Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. No underwriters were involved in connection with the sales of
securities referred to in this Item 15, except as described in (8) above.


                                      II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

    (a) Exhibits


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NUMBER                     DESCRIPTION
- --------------                     -----------
<C>                     <S>        <C>
        1.1*            --         Form of Underwriting Agreement.

        3.1^            --         Certificate of Incorporation of Rackspace.com, Inc.

        3.2^            --         Bylaws of Rackspace.com, Inc.

        4.1^            --         Specimen Stock Certificate.

        5.1*            --         Opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP.

       10.1+            --         Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between Rackspace.com,
                                   Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers.

       10.2^            --         Lease Agreement between Rackspace, Ltd. and Santa Clara Land
                                   Company dated February 22, 2000 for the premises located in
                                   San Antonio, Texas.

       10.3^            --         Confidential Anti-Dilution Agreement by and among Rackspace,
                                   Ltd. and the investors named therein dated November 30, 1999
                                   and Amendment thereto dated February 22, 2000.

       10.4^            --         Credit Agreement between Rackspace, Ltd and Exeter
                                   Financial, LC dated December 29, 1998.

       10.5^            --         Support Agreement dated December 29, 1998 between Rackspace,
                                   Ltd., Morris A. Miller, Graham M. Weston, Richard Yoo, Dirk
                                   Elmendorf and Patrick Condon and First Amendment thereto
                                   dated November 30, 1999 and Second Amendment thereto dated
                                   February 22, 2000 and as amended by Exhibit 10.21.

       10.6^            --         Employment Agreement between Rackspace, Ltd. and Richard Yoo
                                   dated December 29, 1998.

       10.7^            --         Employment Agreement between Rackspace, Ltd. and Dirk
                                   Elmendorf dated December 29, 1998.

       10.8^            --         Employment Agreement between Rackspace, Ltd. and Patrick
                                   Condon dated December 29, 1998.

       10.9^            --         Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 29, 1998
                                   between Cymitar Technology Group, Inc., Richard Yoo, Dirk
                                   Elmendorf and Patrick Condon.

       10.10^           --         Transfer Agreement between Rackspace, Ltd., Richard Yoo,
                                   Dirk Elmendorf and Patrick Condon dated December 29, 1998.

       10.11^           --         Agreement of Limited Partnership of Rackspace, Ltd. dated
                                   December 29, 1998, First Amendment dated September 29, 1999,
                                   Second Amendment dated November 30, 1999, Third Amendment
                                   dated February 22, 2000 and Fourth Amendment dated
                                   March 27, 2000.

       10.12^           --         Warrant between Rackspace, Ltd. and Trango Capital, LLC,
                                   dated November 30, 1999.

       10.13^           --         Registration Rights Agreement dated November 30, 1999
                                   between Rackspace, Ltd. and the securityholders named
                                   therein and Amendment thereto dated February 22, 2000 and
                                   as amended by Exhibit 10.21.

       10.14^           --         Promissory Note dated November 30, 1999 between Beaulieu
                                   River Capital LC and Rackspace, Ltd. for $750,000.

       10.15^           --         Second Financial Commitment between Rackspace, Ltd. and
                                   Exeter Financial, LC dated September 29, 1999.
</TABLE>


                                      II-3
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NUMBER                     DESCRIPTION
- --------------                     -----------
<C>                     <S>        <C>
       10.16^           --         1999 Unit Option Plan.

       10.17^           --         Form of Unit Option Agreement for Stock Unit Plan.

       10.18*           --         2000 Stock Incentive Plan.

       10.19*           --         2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

       10.20^           --         Promissory Note dated December 29, 1998 between Exeter
                                   Financial, LC and Rackspace, Ltd. for $150,000.

       10.21+           --         Agreement of Existing Partners of Rackspace Ltd. to
                                   Facilitate Public Offering dated March 27, 2000 and form of
                                   First Amendment thereto dated as May 10, 2000.

       10.22^           --         Warrant between Rackspace, Ltd. and Norwest Venture
                                   Partners, dated March 27, 2000.

       10.23^           --         Warrant between Rackspace, Ltd. and Sequoia Capital
                                   Franchise Fund dated March 27, 2000.

       10.24^           --         Warrant between Rackspace, Ltd. and Sequoia Capital
                                   Franchise Partners dated March 27, 2000.

       10.25*           --         Employment Agreement between Rackspace Ltd. and Graham M.
                                   Weston, dated May 1, 2000.

       10.26*           --         Employment Agreement between Rackspace Ltd. and Morris A.
                                   Miller, dated May 1, 2000.

       10.27+           --         Employment Agreement between Rackspace Ltd. and Lew Moorman,
                                   dated April 26, 2000.

       10.28+           --         Form of Registration Rights Agreement between Rackspace,
                                   Ltd. and the security holders named therein, dated
                                   November 30, 1999.

       21.1^            --         List of Subsidiaries.

       23.1+            --         Consent of KPMG LLP.

       23.2*            --         Consent of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP (Included in
                                   Exhibit 5.1).

       27.1^            --         Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>


- ------------------------

+  filed herewith

*   to be filed by amendment


^  Previously filed.


    (b) Financial Statement Schedules

    Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information
required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial
statements or the related notes.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

    The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the
closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to
the DGCL, our Certificate of Incorporation, our Bylaws, the underwriting
agreement or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the

                                      II-4
<PAGE>
Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of
expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors, officers, or controlling
persons in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted
by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the
securities being registered hereunder, we will, unless in the opinion of our
counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court
of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it
is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed
by the final adjudication of such issue.

                                      II-5
<PAGE>
    We hereby undertake that:

        1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
    the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
    registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the
    Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as
    of the time it was declared effective.

        2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
    Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
    be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
    offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that time shall be
    deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-6
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES


    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, we
have duly caused Amendment No. 1 to this registration statement to be signed on
our behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in San Antonio, Texas,
on May 11, 2000.


<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>  <C>
                                                       RACKSPACE.COM, INC.

                                                       By:  /s/ GRAHAM M. WESTON
                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                            Graham M. Weston
                                                            Chief Executive Officer and Director
</TABLE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


    KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Graham M. Weston and Lanham Napier, and
each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power
of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments)
to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the
same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective
upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of
1933, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all
exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities
and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full
power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and
purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all
that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitute or
substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        NAME                                       TITLE                    DATE
                        ----                                       -----                    ----
<C>                                                    <S>                             <C>
/s/ GRAHAM M. WESTON                                   Chief Executive Officer and
- -------------------------------------------              Director (principal            May 11, 2000
Graham M. Weston                                         executive officer)

/s/ MORRIS A. MILLER
- -------------------------------------------            President, Chief Operating       May 11, 2000
Morris A. Miller                                         Officer and Director

/s/ LANHAM NAPIER                                      Chief Financial Officer
- -------------------------------------------              (principal accounting and      May 11, 2000
Lanham Napier                                            financial officer)
</TABLE>


                                      II-7
<PAGE>

                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NUMBER                     DESCRIPTION
- --------------                     -----------
<C>                     <S>        <C>
        1.1*            --         Form of Underwriting Agreement.

        3.1^            --         Certificate of Incorporation of Rackspace.com, Inc.

        3.2^            --         Bylaws of Rackspace.com, Inc.

        4.1^            --         Specimen Stock Certificate.

        5.1*            --         Opinion of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP.

       10.1+            --         Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between Rackspace.com,
                                   Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers.

       10.2^            --         Lease Agreement between Rackspace, Ltd. and Santa Clara Land
                                   Company dated February 22, 2000 for the premises located in
                                   San Antonio, Texas.

       10.3^            --         Confidential Anti-Dilution Agreement by and among Rackspace,
                                   Ltd. and the investors named therein dated November 30, 1999
                                   and Amendment thereto dated February 22, 2000.

       10.4^            --         Credit Agreement between Rackspace, Ltd and Exeter
                                   Financial, LC dated December 29, 1998.

       10.5^            --         Support Agreement dated December 29, 1998 between Rackspace,
                                   Ltd., Morris A. Miller, Graham M. Weston, Richard Yoo, Dirk
                                   Elmendorf and Patrick Condon and First Amendment thereto
                                   dated November 30, 1999 and Second Amendment thereto dated
                                   February 22, 2000 and as amended by Exhibit 10.21.

       10.6^            --         Employment Agreement between Rackspace, Ltd. and Richard Yoo
                                   dated December 29, 1998.

       10.7^            --         Employment Agreement between Rackspace, Ltd. and Dirk
                                   Elmendorf dated December 29, 1998.

       10.8^            --         Employment Agreement between Rackspace, Ltd. and Patrick
                                   Condon dated December 29, 1998.

       10.9^            --         Asset Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 29, 1998
                                   between Cymitar Technology Group, Inc., Richard Yoo, Dirk
                                   Elmendorf and Patrick Condon.

       10.10^           --         Transfer Agreement between Rackspace, Ltd., Richard Yoo,
                                   Dirk Elmendorf and Patrick Condon dated December 29, 1998.

       10.11^           --         Agreement of Limited Partnership of Rackspace, Ltd. dated
                                   December 29, 1998, First Amendment dated September 29, 1999,
                                   Second Amendment dated November 30, 1999, Third Amendment
                                   dated February 22, 2000 and Fourth Amendment dated
                                   March 27, 2000.

       10.12^           --         Warrant between Rackspace, Ltd. and Trango Capital, LLC,
                                   dated November 30, 1999.

       10.13^           --         Registration Rights Agreement dated November 30, 1999
                                   between Rackspace, Ltd. and the securityholders named
                                   therein and Amendment thereto dated February 22, 2000 and
                                   as amended by Exhibit 10.21.

       10.14^           --         Promissory Note dated November 30, 1999 between Beaulieu
                                   River Capital LC and Rackspace, Ltd. for $750,000.

       10.15^           --         Second Financial Commitment between Rackspace, Ltd. and
                                   Exeter Financial, LC dated September 29, 1999.

       10.16^           --         1999 Unit Option Plan.

       10.17^           --         Form of Unit Option Agreement for Stock Unit Plan.

       10.18*           --         2000 Stock Incentive Plan.

       10.19*           --         2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NUMBER                     DESCRIPTION
- --------------                     -----------
<C>                     <S>        <C>
       10.20^           --         Promissory Note dated December 29, 1998 between Exeter
                                   Financial, LC and Rackspace, Ltd. for $150,000.

       10.21+           --         Agreement of Existing Partners of Rackspace Ltd. to
                                   Facilitate Public Offering dated March 27, 2000 and form of
                                   First Amendment thereto dated as May 10, 2000.

       10.22^           --         Warrant between Rackspace, Ltd. and Norwest Venture
                                   Partners, dated March 27, 2000.

       10.23^           --         Warrant between Rackspace, Ltd. and Sequoia Capital
                                   Franchise Fund dated March 27, 2000.

       10.24^           --         Warrant between Rackspace, Ltd. and Sequoia Capital
                                   Franchise Partners dated March 27, 2000.

       10.25*           --         Employment Agreement between Rackspace Ltd. and Graham M.
                                   Weston, dated May 1, 2000.

       10.26*           --         Employment Agreement between Rackspace Ltd. and Morris A.
                                   Miller, dated May 1, 2000.

       10.27+           --         Employment Agreement between Rackspace Ltd. and Lew Moorman,
                                   dated April 26, 2000.

       10.28+           --         Form of Registration Rights Agreement between Rackspace,
                                   Ltd. and the security holders named therein, dated
                                   November 30, 1999.

       21.1^            --         List of Subsidiaries.

       23.1+            --         Consent of KPMG LLP.

       23.2*            --         Consent of Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP (Included in
                                   Exhibit 5.1).

       27.1^            --         Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>


- ------------------------


+  filed herewith



*   to be filed by amendment



^  Previously filed.


<PAGE>

                   EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

                  THIS INDEMNITY AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of
this _____ day of May, 2000 between Rackspace.com, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "CORPORATION"), and (Employee) ("INDEMNITEE").

                            I N T R O D U C T I O N:

                  A. Indemnitee is an executive officer, director and/or
agent of the Corporation (or a subsidiary of the Corporation), as the case
may be from time to time, and performs a valuable service for the Corporation
in such capacity (or capacities); and

                  B. The Certificate of Incorporation (the "CERTIFICATE") and
the Bylaws (the "BYLAWs") of the Corporation contain provisions providing for
the indemnification of the officers, directors and agents of the Corporation
to the maximum extent authorized by Section 145 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, as amended ("DGCL"); and

                  C. The Certificate, the Bylaws and the DGCL, by their
non-exclusive nature, permit contracts between the Corporation and the
members of its Board of Directors and officers with respect to
indemnification of such directors and officers; and

                  D. In accordance with the authorization as provided by the
DGCL, the Corporation has purchased and presently maintains a policy or
policies of Directors and Officers Liability Insurance ("D & O INSURANCE"),
covering certain liabilities which may be incurred by its directors and
officers in the performance of their duties as directors or officers of the
Corporation; and

                  E. As a result of developments affecting the terms, scope
and availability of D & O Insurance there exists general uncertainty as to
the extent of protection afforded members of the Board of Directors and
executive officers of the Corporation by such D & O Insurance and by
statutory and bylaw indemnification provisions; and

                  F. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to serve as an
executive officer, director or agent of the Corporation, the Corporation has
determined and agreed to enter into this contract with Indemnitee.

                               A G R E E M E N T:

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee's continued
service as an executive officer and a member of the Board of Directors after
the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                  1. INDEMNIFICATION OF INDEMNITEE. Subject only to the
exclusions set forth in Section 3 hereof, the Corporation hereby agrees to
hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to

<PAGE>

the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provisions of the DGCL, as
may be amended from time to time.

                  2. ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY. Subject only to the exclusions set
forth in Section 3 hereof, the Corporation hereby further agrees to defend,
hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee:

                     (a) against any and all expenses (including attorney's
         fees), witness fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
         actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with
         any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
         whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including
         an action by or in the right of the Corporation) to which Indemnitee
         is, was or at any time becomes a party, or is threatened to be made
         a party, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is, was or at any
         time becomes a director, officer, employee or agent of the
         Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation, or is or was
         serving or at any time serves at the request of the Corporation or
         any subsidiary of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee
         or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust,
         employee benefit plan or other enterprise, if Indemnitee acted in
         good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in
         or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with
         respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable
         cause to believe Indemnitee's conduct was unlawful; and

                     (b) otherwise to the fullest extent as may be provided
         to Indemnitee by the Corporation under the non-exclusivity
         provisions of Article XI of the Corporation's Bylaws (as the same,
         including such article, may be amended, modified or restated from
         time to time) and the DGCL.

                  3. LIMITATIONS ON ADDITIONAL INDEMNITY. No indemnity pursuant
to Section 2 or 3 hereof shall be paid by the Corporation:

                     (a) except to the extent the losses, costs and
         expenses to be indemnified thereunder exceeds the sum of such losses
         for which the Indemnitee is indemnified pursuant to any D & O
         Insurance purchased and maintained by the Corporation;

                     (b) in respect to remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it
         shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication
         that such remuneration was in violation of law;

                     (c) on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered
         against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the
         purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Corporation
         pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions of
         any federal, state or local statutory law;

                                       2
<PAGE>


                           (d) on account of Indemnitee's conduct which is
         finally adjudged to have been knowingly fraudulent or deliberately
         dishonest, or to constitute willful misconduct;

                           (e) on account of Indemnitee's conduct which is the
         subject of an action, suit or proceeding described in Section 7(c)(ii)
         hereof;

                           (f) on account of any action, claim or proceeding
         (other than a proceeding referred to in Section 8(b) hereof) initiated
         by the Indemnitee unless such action, claim or proceeding was
         authorized in the specific case by action of the Board of Directors;
         and

                           (g) if a final decision by a Court having
         jurisdiction in the matter shall determine that such indemnification is
         not lawful (and, in this respect, both the Corporation and Indemnitee
         have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission believes
         that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal
         securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore,
         unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted
         to appropriate courts for adjudication).

                        4. CONTRIBUTION. If the indemnification provided in
Sections 1 and 2 hereof is unavailable by reason of a Court decision
described in Section 3(g) hereof based on grounds other than any of those set
forth in paragraphs (b) through (f) of Section 3 hereof, then in respect of
any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the
Corporation is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such
action, suit or proceeding), the Corporation shall contribute to the amount
of expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (a) the relative benefits
received by the Corporation on the one hand and Indemnitee on the other hand
from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose, and
(b) the relative fault of the Corporation on the one hand and of Indemnitee
on the other in connection with the events which resulted in such expenses,
judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Corporation on the one
hand and of Indemnitee on the other shall be determined by reference to,
among other things, the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting
in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts. The Corporation
agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to
this Section 4 were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of
allocation that does not take account of the foregoing equitable
considerations.

                        5. CONTINUATION OF OBLIGATIONS. All agreements and
obligations of the Corporation contained herein shall continue during the
period Indemnitee is a director, officer or agent of the Corporation or any
subsidiary of the Corporation (or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise)
if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation,
except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue
or

                                       3
<PAGE>

matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the
Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the
State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall
determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in
view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of
Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper and
shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any
possible claim or threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal or investigative, by reason of the fact
that Indemnitee was an officer of the Corporation or serving in any other
capacity referred to herein.

                        6. NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM. Not later than
thirty days after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any
action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is
to be made against the Corporation under this Agreement, notify the
Corporation of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the
Corporation will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to
Indemnitee otherwise than under this Agreement. With respect to any such
action, suit or proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Corporation of
the commencement thereof:

                           (a) the Corporation will be entitled to participate
         therein at its own expense;

                           (b) except as otherwise provided below, to the extent
         that it may wish, the Corporation jointly with any other indemnifying
         party similarly notified will be entitled to assume the defense
         thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After
         notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its election so as to
         assume the defense thereof, the Corporation will not be liable to
         Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses
         subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense
         thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise
         provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ its counsel
         in such action, suit or proceeding but the fees and expenses of such
         counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of
         the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (i)
         the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the
         Corporation, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there
         may be a conflict of interest between the Corporation and Indemnitee in
         the conduct of the defense of such action or (iii) the Corporation
         shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such
         action, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of Indemnitee's
         separate counsel shall be at the expense of the Corporation. The
         Corporation shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any action,
         suit or proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Corporation or as to
         which Indemnitee shall have made the conclusion provided for in (ii)
         above; and

                           (c) the Corporation shall not be liable to indemnify
         Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of
         any action or claim effected without its written consent. The
         Corporation shall be permitted to settle any action except that it
         shall not settle any action or claim in any manner which would impose
         any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee's written
         consent. Neither the

                                       4
<PAGE>

         Corporation nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold its consent to
         any proposed settlement.

                        7. ADVANCEMENT AND REPAYMENT OF EXPENSES.

                           (a) In the event that Indemnitee employs his own
         counsel pursuant to Section 6(b)(i) through (iii) above, the
         Corporation shall advance to Indemnitee, prior to any final disposition
         of any threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,
         criminal, administrative or investigative, any and all reasonable
         expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in investigating
         or defending any such action, suit or proceeding within ten days after
         receiving copies of invoices presented to Indemnitee for such expenses;

                           (b) Indemnitee agrees that Indemnitee will reimburse
         the Corporation for all reasonable expenses paid by the Corporation in
         defending any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding against
         Indemnitee in the event and only to the extent it shall be ultimately
         determined by a final judicial decision (from which there is no right
         of appeal) that Indemnitee is not entitled, under the provisions of the
         DGCL, the Certificate, the Bylaws, this Agreement or otherwise, to be
         indemnified by the Corporation for such expenses; and

                           (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation
         shall not be required to advance such expenses to Indemnitee if
         Indemnitee (i) commences any action, suit or proceeding as a plaintiff
         unless such advance is specifically approved by a majority of the Board
         of Directors or (ii) is a party to an action, suit or proceeding
         brought by the Corporation and approved by a majority of the Board
         which alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by
         Indemnitee, disclosure of confidential information in violation of
         Indemnitee's fiduciary or contractual obligations to the Corporation,
         or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of Indemnitee's
         duty to the Corporation or its shareholders.

                        8. PROCEDURE. Any indemnification and advances
provided for in Section 1 and Section 2 shall be made no later than 45 days
after receipt of the written request of Indemnitee. If a claim under this
Agreement, under any statute, or under any provision of the Corporation's
Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws providing for indemnification, is not
paid in full by the Corporation within 45 days after a written request for
payment thereof has first been received by the Corporation, Indemnitee may,
but need not, at any time thereafter bring an action against the Corporation
to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, subject to Section 12 of this
Agreement, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid for the expenses
(including attorneys' fees) of bringing such action. It shall be a defense to
any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses
incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding in advance of its
final disposition) that Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct which
make it permissible under applicable law for the Corporation to indemnify
Indemnitee for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense
shall be on the Corporation and Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive
interim payments of expenses pursuant to Subsection 2(a) unless and until
such defense may be finally adjudicated by court order or

                                       5
<PAGE>

judgment from which no further right of appeal exists. It is the parties'
intention that if the Corporation contests Indemnitee's right to
indemnification, the question of Indemnitee's right to indemnification shall
be for the court to decide, and neither the failure of the Corporation
(including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of
Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a
determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the
circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct
required by applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation
(including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of
Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that Indemnitee
has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption
that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

                  9.  ENFORCEMENT.

                      (a) The Corporation expressly confirms and agrees
         that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations
         imposed on the Corporation hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to
         continue as an executive officer, director or agent of the Corporation,
         and acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in
         continuing in such capacity; and

                      (b) In the event Indemnitee is required to bring any
         action to enforce rights or to collect moneys due under this Agreement
         and is successful in such action, the Corporation shall reimburse
         Indemnitee for all Indemnitee's reasonable fees and expenses in
         bringing and pursuing such action.

                  10. SUBROGATION. In the event of payment under this agreement,
the Corporation shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the
rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and
shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the
Corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

                  11. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on
Indemnitee by this Agreement shall not be exclusive of any other right which
Indemnitee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provisions of the
Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, agreement, vote of
stockholders or directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his official
capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office.

                  12. PARTIAL INDEMNIFICATION. If Indemnitee is entitled under
any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Corporation for some
or a portion of the expenses, judgments, fines or penalties actually or
reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in the investigation, defense, appeal or
settlement of any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding, but not,
however, for the total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless
indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses, judgments, fines or
penalties to which Indemnitee is entitled.

                  13. SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS. The rights conferred on Indemnitee by
this Agreement shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased to be a director,
officer, employee or other

                                       6
<PAGE>

agent of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee's
heirs, executors and administrators.

                  14. SEPARABILITY. Each of the provisions of this Agreement is
a separate and distinct agreement and independent of the others, so that if any
or all of the provisions hereof shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for
any reason, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions hereof or the obligation of the
Corporation to indemnify the Indemnitee to the full extent provided by the
Certificate, Bylaws or the DGCL.

                  15. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. This Agreement
shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of
Delaware. The Corporation and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the
jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in
connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of or relates to this
Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be
brought only in the state courts of the State of Delaware.

                  16. BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall be binding upon
Indemnitee and upon the Corporation, its successors and assigns, and shall inure
to the benefit of Indemnitee, his heirs, personal representatives and assigns
and to the benefit of the Corporation, its successors and assigns.

                  17. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. No amendment, modification,
termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in
writing signed by both parties hereto.

                  18. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or
more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.

                  19. EFFECT OF ARBITRATION AGREEMENT. It is expressly agreed
that any dispute between the Corporation and the Indemnitee which relates in
whole or in part to this Agreement, shall not be subject to any arbitration
agreement which may be in existence between the Corporation and the Indemnitee.

                            [Signature Page Follows]


                                       7
<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this
Indemnity Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

                                                 RACKSPACE.COM, INC.

                                                 By:
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                 Name:
                                                      --------------------------
                                                 Title:
                                                       -------------------------


                                                 INDEMNITEE


                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Print Name:  (Employee)





                     [Signature Page to Indemnity Agreement]




                                       8

 <PAGE>

                          AGREEMENT OF EXISTING PARTNERS
                  OF RACKSPACE, LTD. TO FACILITATE PUBLIC OFFERING

       This Agreement is made this 27 day of March, 2000, by and between
Rackspace, Ltd. ("Rackspace" or the "Company" or the "Partnership") and all of
its present partners (which include Red Hat, Thomas Weisel and Norwest, as
defined below), all of whom are signatories to this Agreement (the "Partners").
Rackspace.com, Inc., a newly formed, Delaware corporation, is also made a party
to this Agreement ("New Rackspace").   In addition, Brian Bell and Edwin Grubbs
are made parties to this agreement with respect to the partnership interests
held by them as assignees.

NEW INVESTORS TO BE INCLUDED

       Under the terms of the Fourth Amendment to Agreement of Limited
Partnership of Rackspace, Ltd., it is expressly contemplated that the General
Partner may cause Rackspace to issue up to  530,035.34 Class C Units (the
"Additional Units") to one or more additional persons or entities (the "New
Investors"), provided that the aggregate purchase price per Unit is not less
than $5.66 per Unit.  The General Partner may also issue to the New Investors a
warrant to purchase an amount of Class C Units determined by dividing $3,000,000
by the greater of the $18.24 or the mid-point in the filing range (the
"Mid-point") set forth in the preliminary prospectus (commonly referred to as
the "red herring") which is first circulated by the Company.   It is the
intention and agreement of the parties hereto that such New Investors shall have
the benefits and obligations of the Holders as set forth herein, and that they
may become signatories to this Agreement without any further consent or
agreement of the parties to this agreement.

CERTAIN REFERENCES

The Agreement of Limited Partnership of Rackspace, Ltd. and the four existing
amendments thereto, are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the
"Partnership Agreement."  The Registration Rights Agreement dated November 30,
1999, as amended on February 22, 2000 is referred to as the "Rights Agreement."
The Support Agreement dated December 29, 1998, as amended on November 30, 1999
and again on February 22, 2000 is referred to as the "Support Agreement." For
the purposes of this agreement, Richard Yoo is referred to as "Yoo," Pat Condon
is referred to as "Condon," Dirk Elmendorf is referred to as "Elmendorf," Trout,
Ltd. is referred to as "Trout," Macroweb, LC is referred to as the "General
Partner," First Inning Investors, L.P., is referred to as "First Inning," Isom
Capital Partners I, L.P. is referred to as "Isom," The Hamilton Companies LLC is
referred to as "Hamilton," Beaulieu River Capital LC is referred to as
"Beaulieu," MiniPat & Company, Ltd. is referred to as "MiniPat," 2M Technology
Ventures, L.P., is referred to as "2M," Trango Capital, L.L.C. is referred to as
"Trango,"Red Hat, Inc. is referred to as "Red Hat," Norwest Venture Partners
VII, L.P. is referred to as "Norwest,"  Tailwind Capital Partners 2000, L.P. is
referred to as "Thomas Weisel," Graham M. Weston is referred to as "Weston,"
Morris A. Miller is referred to as


                                          1
<PAGE>

"Miller," Brian Bell is referred to as "Bell" and Edwin Grubbs is referred to
herein as "Grubbs."  The Partners, Bell, Grubbs and the New Investors are
sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Holders."



PURPOSE OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement is made by and amongst Rackspace, New Rackspace, the Holders and
the New Investors, if any, to satisfy certain requirements and follow certain
recommendations of the Underwriters (defined below) and to facilitate the
registration and sale of the stock of New Rackspace in a public offering
registered under the Securities Act of 1993 (inclusive of the sale of such
stock, the "IPO") underwritten by Deutsche Bank, Securities, Inc., Bear, Stearns
& Co. Inc. and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and certain other underwriters (the
"Underwriters").  The IPO will benefit the Holders as they will become
shareholders of New Rackspace pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  This
Agreement is entered into contemporaneously with the execution of the Fourth
Amendment of the Partnership Agreement, whereby Red Hat, Thomas Weisel and
Norwest become Class C Limited Partners of the Partnership.


ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN UNDER THIS AGREEMENT

END OF OPTION RIGHTS.  The  Underwriters have requested that Weston, Miller,
Condon, Elmendorf and Yoo end their rights under Section 17 of the Second
Amendment to the Partnership Agreement to forego salary and receive options to
acquire additional interests in the Company (and New Rackspace, its successor).
If these rights are not terminated, these individuals will have the right to
acquire a substantial amount of New Rackspace's stock at prices substantially
below market value which will likely result in large earnings charges against
New Rackspace. Weston, Miller, Condon, Elmendorf and Yoo have agreed to waive
these rights.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  Certain of the Partners have demand and piggyback
registration rights under the terms of the Rights Agreement.   Red Hat, Norwest,
Thomas Weisel and the New Investors do not have such registration rights,
whether demand rights or piggyback rights.  The  parties desire to amend the
existing Rights Agreement to include Red Hat, Norwest, Thomas Weisel and the New
Investors as Investors under the Registration Rights Agreement.

CONVERSION TO CORPORATION.  The General Partner has broad powers to cause the
Company to convert to a corporation, including for the purpose of  facilitating
an IPO.  In order to facilitate the description of the succession of  Rackspace
to New Rackspace, the underwriters have suggested that the Holders transfer all
of their interests in the Partnership (the "Units")  to New Rackspace, in
exchange for common stock in New Rackspace (the "Common Stock").  The Partners
have agreed to make this exchange


                                          2
<PAGE>

pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and agree to allow this exchange,
whether or not the IPO occurs.

AMENDMENT OF SUPPORT AGREEMENT.  The parties desire to amend the Support
Agreement to include as Class C Limited Partners, Red Hat, Norwest, Thomas
Weisel and the New Investors.

       NOW, THEREFORE, FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION OF THE MUTUAL PROMISES HEREIN
MADE, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

OPTIONS

TERMINATION OF OPTION RIGHTS.  Provided that the IPO  is completed by July 31,
2000, effective April 30, 2000, Miller, Weston, Yoo, Elmendorf and Condon will
have no further right to forgo salary and receive options to acquire Units in
the Company (or stock in New Rackspace) under Section 17 of the Second Amendment
to the Partnership Agreement. Miller, Weston, Elmendorf and Condon each made an
election on January 1, 2000 to receive options in lieu of salary.  Yoo hereby
waives his right to receive options under Section 17 in lieu of salary for the
four-month period ending April 30, 2000.  Commencing January 1, 2000 and ending
April 30, 2000, Miller, Weston, Elmendorf and Condon will continue to forgo
salary and receive options to acquire Units in accordance with the terms of
Section 17 of the Second Amendment to the Partnership Agreement.

SUPPORT AGREEMENT

AMENDMENT TO SUPPORT AGREEMENT.  The Support Agreement, as amended, is further
amended to include, for the purpose of Paragraph 1,  Norwest, Red Hat, Thomas
Weisel and the New Investors, as "Class C Limited Partners."



REGISTRATION RIGHTS

       1.     CORRECTION TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT. The Rights Agreement
              does not include Trango as an "Investor."  The Rights Agreement is
              hereby amended to include  Trango as an Investor, as if it had
              initially executed the Rights Agreement.

       2.     LOCK-UP AGREEMENT.  The Underwriters have required that each of
              the Holders agree not to sell their stock in New Rackspace for a
              period of 180 days following the IPO and the parties to the Rights
              Agreement are required to execute the same under the obligations
              set forth in the Rights Agreement. Therefore, each of the Holders
              agree to enter into the Lock-up Agreement attached as Exhibit A
              and deliver the same to the offices of the Company upon the
              execution of this Agreement.


                                          3
<PAGE>

       3.     PIGGYBACK AND DEMAND REGISTRATION RIGHTS- RED HAT,  THOMAS WEISEL,
              NEW INVESTORS, NORWEST.  The parties agree that Red Hat, Norwest,
              New Investors and Thomas Weisel shall have piggyback and demand
              registration rights in accordance with the provisions of Section 2
              and Section 3 of the Rights Agreement with respect to  the Units
              held by them  (and Common Stock acquired incident to the
              Exchange), shall be considered Holders of Registrable Securities
              with respect to all the Units (and Common Stock acquired incident
              to the Exchange) held by them for purposes of the Rights Agreement
              and each shall have all the benefits and obligations of an
              Investor under the Rights Agreement, the same as if they were
              direct signatories to the Rights Agreement.  Upon the Exchange (as
              defined below),  the parties agree that without further act of the
              parties, New Rackspace will be substituted in place of the Company
              for all purposes of the Rights Agreement.

       EXCHANGE OF INTERESTS

       EXCHANGE OF INTERESTS.  To accomplish various business purposes, the
       General Partner of the Partnership has the ability to cause the
       Partnership to convert to a corporation.  The Partnership Agreement
       specifically contemplates that the Company, through a successor entity,
       will have an IPO and the General Partner is given broad powers to change
       the form of the Company from a limited partnership to a corporation by
       merger or contribution of assets and liabilities, in order to effect an
       IPO.   In addition, if the Company does not have an IPO, the General
       Partner has determined that it may nevertheless be beneficial to convert
       to a corporation.  At the request of the Underwriters, the General
       Partner desires that, rather than a merger or contribution of assets and
       liabilities, the Holders exchange their Units for Common Stock, and that
       this exchange occur with the possibility that the New Rackspace may not
       complete the IPO.  The exchange will take place on a one Unit for one
       share of Common Stock basis, except for Yoo, Elmendorf, Condon, Bell,
       Grubbs and Macroweb, each of whom will receive slightly less than one
       share of Common Stock per Unit exchanged, and except for Trout, which
       will receive slightly more than one share of Common Stock per Unit
       exchanged.  Each of the Holders agree that at such time that the General
       Partner contributes all of its Units to New Rackspace, the Units of such
       Holder and of all of the Holders, without any further act of the
       Holders, shall be transferred to New Rackspace in exchange for Common
       Stock in proportion to the Holders' positive Capital Account balances,
       adjusted by treating the Partnership as having liquidated and its
       property sold at fair market value, and gains and losses allocated in
       accordance with Section 11.4 of the  Partnership Agreement, which
       proportions are set forth below (the "Exchange").   The Common Stock
       received from New Rackspace will have an appropriate legend indicating
       that it is subject to the restrictions contained in the Partnership
       Agreement (which restriction shall be removed after the IPO, if it
       occurs), and that it is restricted stock and may not be sold without an
       opinion of counsel to the satisfaction of New Rackspace that such sale
       will not be in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933.
       The


                                          4
<PAGE>

       Holders agree that no fractional shares of Common Stock will be issued,
       and as a result fractional Units shall be rounded to the nearest whole
       number as set forth below:






<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Partner                   Units Exchanged        Common Stock to be
              -------                   ---------------        received upon Exchange
                                                               ----------------------
<S>                                 <C>                         <C>
              Yoo                         3,600,000               3,565,714
              Condon                        800,000                 792,380
              Elmendorf                     400,000                 396,190
              Grubbs                         50,000                  49,523
              Bell                           50,000                  49,523
              Macroweb                       10,000                   9,904
              Trout                       7,232,856.2             7,279,619
              First Inning                  619,047.61              619,048
              Isom                        1,219,047.62            1,219,048
              Hamilton                      476,190.48              476,190
              Beaulieu                      357,142.86              357,143
              MiniPat                        95,238.10               95,238
              2M                            119,047.61              119,048
              Red Hat                       353,356.89              353,357
              Norwest                     1,015,901               1,015,901
              Thomas Weisel                  53,003.53               53,003
                                             ---------               ------

              Total                      16,450,831.94*          16,450,829*
</TABLE>

       *Subject to adjustment for Units held by the New Investors which will be
       exchanged on a one Unit for one share of Common Stock basis and subject
       to further adjustment for the exchange of any Units issued pursuant to
       the Warrant in favor of Trango Capital, LLC (380,952.38 Units), or any
       other option holder, all of which will be exchanged on the basis of one
       share of Common Stock for each Unit exchanged.

       DIRECTORS/RIGHTS OF PARTNERS/PROXIES

       1.     DIRECTORS OF NEW RACKSPACE.   The Class C Units Holders, The
              Hamilton Companies, LLC  and Trout have the right to appoint
              directors of New Rackspace under the terms of the Second Amendment
              to the Partnership Agreement (the "Voting Agreement").   However,
              these rights end when and if Trout, Ltd. waives its right to
              appoint five of the seven directors.  Miller and Weston are
              currently the sole directors of New Rackspace.    In order to
              timely


                                          5
<PAGE>

              appoint five additional members to New Rackspace's board of
              directors, each of the Holders hereby grant to the General
              Partner, their irrevocable proxy to vote all of the shares of
              Common Stock in New Rackspace received by them as a result of the
              Exchange, to elect and name up to five additional members to the
              board of directors of New Rackspace.  This proxy will expire on
              the earlier to occur of July 31, 2000, the date immediately prior
              to the IPO, or the date seven directors are named to New
              Rackspace's board of directors.  The General Partner agrees to
              consult with each of the Partners prior to naming any of the
              directors.   Effective the date immediately prior to the IPO, the
              Voting Agreement will terminate.  The General Partner agrees that
              it will not exercise the proxies granted under this paragraph in
              order to appoint persons who are related to Morris A. Miller or
              Graham M. Weston.

       2.     CONVERSION TO CORPORATION PRIOR TO IPO.   It is likely that the
              General Partner will determine that it is necessary to convert to
              a corporation at a time when it is not certain whether or not the
              Company will effect the IPO.   The Holders agree that all
              pre-emptive rights, rights of first refusal, share transfer
              restrictions, re-purchase rights, voting agreements, parallel exit
              rights and all other rights contained in the Partnership
              Agreement, and the Support Agreement that do not exist as a
              consequence of the application of the general corporate provisions
              of Delaware corporation law (collectively, the "Rights and
              Obligations"), shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of all
              New Rackspace's shareholders and on New Rackspace, the same as
              such Rights and Obligations are presently binding on the Partners
              and the Company; provided that all of such Rights and Obligations
              shall terminate immediately prior to the IPO.  The parties also
              agree that the Support Agreement shall terminate immediately prior
              to the IPO.  If, however, the IPO does not take place by July 31,
              2000, New Rackspace agrees to prepare the documentation necessary
              to ensure that all such Rights and Obligations are binding on New
              Rackspace, the Holders and all other shareholders of New Rackspace
              (such documents are referred to as the "Documents"), with New
              Rackspace having the discretion, to the extent reasonably
              exercised, to modify such Rights and Obligations to the extent
              necessary to accommodate the differences between a limited
              partnership and a corporation.  The Holders agree to execute
              Documents upon receipt so long as the Documents substantially
              conform to the Rights and Obligations set forth in the Partnership
              Agreement.

       3.     STOCK PLAN.   In order for New Rackspace to adopt a qualified
              incentive stock option plan, the shareholders of New Rackspace
              must adopt the plan.  The General Partner has selected a highly
              flexible plan based upon the recommendations of its SEC counsel.
              In order to approve the plan prior to the IPO, the Holders each
              give the General Partner, their irrevocable proxy to approve the
              plan recommended by the Company's counsel.  Therefore, each of the
              Holders give the General Partner their irrevocable proxy with
              respect to the Common Stock received by them incident to the
              Exchange, to exercise the voting rights of such stock to approve
              any incentive stock option plan


                                          6
<PAGE>

              (including qualified and non-qualified stock options), employee
              stock purchase plan, director option and compensation plan, and
              any other plan which is designed to enable New Rackspace to
              compensate, reward and/or incentivize its employees, agents,
              consultants and directors.  This proxy will end on the earlier to
              occur of July  31, 2000 or the IPO.

       4.     INDEMNITY OF GENERAL PARTNER.   Upon the Exchange, Macroweb shall
              no longer be the general partner of Rackspace, Ltd., but rather
              Rackspace Management, LC shall be the new general partner.  The
              Company acknowledges and agrees that the indemnity obligations
              contained in the Partnership Agreement shall continue to be
              enforceable by Macroweb and its members, officers and agents,
              against the Company and against New Rackspace, with respect to
              acts and omissions occurring while Macroweb was the general
              partner of the Company.

       MISCELLANEOUS

       1.     REPRESENTATION The parties to this Agreement acknowledge that the
              law firm of Matthews and Branscomb, P.C. has assisted in the
              preparation of this document on behalf of and as counsel for
              Trout, Ltd. and the General Partner only, and further acknowledge
              that the Partnership will pay the fees and expenses associated
              with such services.

       2.     MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS.   This Agreement may be executed in one or
              more  counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but
              all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.


       Executed as of the date first written above.

                              RACKSPACE, LTD.

                              By:  Macroweb, LC
                              Its: General Partner

                                    /s/ Graham M. Weston
                                   -----------------------------------
                                   Graham M. Weston, Member

                                   /s/ Morris A. Miller
                                   -----------------------------------
                                   Morris A. Miller, Member


                              GENERAL PARTNER:

                              Macroweb, LC


                                          7
<PAGE>

                                    /s/ Morris A. Miller
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Morris A. Miller, Member

                                    /s/ Graham M. Weston
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   Graham M. Weston, Member


                              LIMITED PARTNERS:

                               /s/ Richard Yoo
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Richard Yoo

                              /s/ Dirk Elmendorf
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Dirk Elmendorf

                              /s/ Patrick Condon
                              --------------------------------------------------
                              Patrick Condon


                              Trout, Ltd.
                              By:  Knightsbridge, L.C., General Partner

                                   By: /s/ Morris A. Miller
                                      -------------------------------------

                              Isom Capital Partners I, L.P.
                              By:  BESK Funding, Inc., General Partner

                                   By: /s/ S. James Bishkin
                                      -------------------------------------
                                        S. James Bishkin, President

                              First Inning Investors, L.P.
                              By:  Trango Capital L.L.C., General Partner

                                   By: /s/ Quincy J. Lee
                                      -------------------------------------
                                        Quincy J. Lee, Manager

                              The Hamilton Companies LLC

                                   By:  /s/ Frederick Hamilton
                                      -------------------------------------


                                          8
<PAGE>

                              Beaulieu River Capital LC (formerly,
                              Weston Investment Interest, L.L.C.)

                              By: /s/ Graham Weston
                                 ------------------------------------------

                              Title:  Member
                                    ---------------------------------------

                              MiniPat & Company, Ltd.

                              By:  /s/ Patrick Condon
                                 ------------------------------------------


                              2M Technology Ventures, L.P.
                              By:  2M Technology Group, L.L.C.
                                   Its: General Partner

                              By:  /s/ Steven Leeke
                                 ------------------------------------------

                              Red Hat, Inc.

                              By:  /s/ Walter McCormick
                                 ------------------------------------------


                              Norwest Venture Partners VII, L.P.

                              By:  /s/ George Still, Jr.
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                   General Partner

                               /s/ Brian Bell
                              ---------------------------------------------
                              Brian Bell

                               /s/ Edwin Grubbs
                              ---------------------------------------------
                              Edwin Grubbs


                                          9
<PAGE>

                              Tailwind Capital Partners 2000, L.P.

                              By:  Thomas Weisel Capital Partners LLC,
                                   general partner

                                   By: /s/ David A. Baylor
                                      ---------------------------
                                   David A. Baylor, General Counsel



                              NEW INVESTORS:



                                          10
<PAGE>

                          AGREEMENT OF EXISTING PARTNERS
                  OF RACKSPACE, LTD. TO FACILITATE PUBLIC OFFERING
                     Separate Signature Page for New Investors




With respect to the 466,431 Class C Units purchased by Sequoia Capital Franchise
Fund for $2,640,000.

Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund

By: /s/ illegible
   --------------------------



With respect to the 63,604 Class C Units purchased by Sequoia Capital Franchise
Partners for $360,000.
Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners

By: /s/ illegible
   --------------------------



RACKSPACE, LTD.

By:  Macroweb, LC, general partner

     By: /s/ Graham Weston
        --------------------------

     Its:  Member
         --------------------------



                                          11

<PAGE>


                          FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                    AGREEMENT OF EXISTING PARTNERS
            OF RACKSPACE, LTD. TO FACILITATE PUBLIC OFFERING



The First Amendment to Agreement of Existing Partners of Rackspace, Ltd. to
Facilitate Public Offering (this "Amendment") is made effective the 10th day
of May, 2000 by and between Rackspace, Ltd. ("Rackspace" or the "Company" or
the "Partnership") and all of its present partners.  Rackspace.com, Inc., a
newly formed, Delaware corporation, is also made a party to this Agreement
("New Rackspace").  In addition, Brian Bell and Edwin Grubbs are made parties
to this amendment with respect to the partnership interests held by them as
assignees.  This Amendment amends the Agreement of Existing Partners of
Rackspace, Ltd. to Facilitate Public Offering dated March 28, 2000 (the
"Agreement").  The purpose of this Amendment is to increase the number of
share of Common Stock that each Unit holder of the {Partnership will receive
the exchange.  The Section of the Agreement entitled "EXCHANGE OF INTERESTS"
is hereby amended in its entirety as follows:

          EXCHANGE OF INTERESTS.  To accomplish various business purposes,
          the General Partner of the Partnership has the ability to cause the
          Partnership to convert to a corporation.  The Partnership Agreement
          specifically contemplates that the Company, through a successor
          entity, will have an IPO and the General Partner is given broad
          powers to change the form of the Company from a limited partnership
          to a corporation by merger or contribution of assets and
          liabilities, in order to effect an IPO.   In addition, if the
          Company does not have an IPO, the General Partner has determined
          that it may nevertheless be beneficial to convert to a corporation.
          At the request of the Underwriters, the General Partner desires
          that, rather than a merger or contribution of assets and
          liabilities, the Holders exchange their Units for Common Stock, and
          that this exchange occur with the possibility that the New
          Rackspace may not complete the IPO.  The exchange will take place
          on a one Unit for 1.2 shares of Common Stock basis, except for Yoo,
          Elmendorf, Condon, Bell, Grubbs and Macroweb, each of whom will
          receive slightly less than 1.2 shares of Common Stock per Unit
          exchanged, and except for Trout, which will receive slightly more
          than 1.2 chares of Common Stock per Unit exchanged. Each of the
          Holders agree that at such time that the General Partner
          contributes all of its Units to New Rackspace, the Units of such
          Holder and of all of the Holders, without any further act of the
          Holders, shall be transferred to New Rackspace in exchange for
          Common Stock in proportion to the Holders' positive Capital Account
          Balances, adjusted by treating the Partnership as having liquidated
          and its property sold at fair market value, and gains and losses
          allocated in accordance with Section 11.4 of the Partnership
          Agreement, which proportions are set forth below (the "Exchange").
          The Common Stock received from New Rackspace will have an
          appropriate legend indicating that it is subject to the
          restrictions contained in the Partnership Agreement (which


                                       -1-


<PAGE>

          restriction shall be removed after the IPO, if it occurs), and that
          it is restricted stock and maynot be sold without an opinion of
          counsel to teh satisfaction of New Rackspace that such sale will
          not be in violation of the provisions of the Securities Act of
          1933. The Holders agree that no fractional shares of Common Stock
          will be issued, and as a result fractional Units shall be rounded
          to the nearest whole number as set forth below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Partner                       Units Exchanged           Common Stock to be
                                                      Received upon Exchange
<S>                           <C>                     <C>
Richard Yoo                     3,600,000                   4,278,857
Patrick Condon                    800,000                     950,857
Dirk Elmendorf                    400,000                     475,429
Edwin Grubbs                       50,000                      59,428
Brian Bell                         50,000                      59,428
Macroweb, LC                       10,000                      11,885
Trout, Ltd.                     7,232,856.2                 8,735,543
First Inning Investors, L.P.      619,047.61                  742,858
Isom Capital Partners, I, L.P.  1,219,047.62                1,462,858
The Hamilton Companies            476,190.48                  571,428
Beaulieu River Capital LC         357,142.86                  428,572
MiniPat & Company, Ltd.            95,238.10                  114,286
2M Techology Ventures, L.P.       119,047.61                  142,858
Red Hat, Inc.                     353,356.89                  424,028
Norwest Venture Partners
  VII, L.P.                     1,015,901                   1,219,081
Tailwind Capital Partners
  2000, L.P.                       53,003.53                   63,604
Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund    466,431.09                  559,717
Sequoia Capital Franchise
  Partners                         63,604.24                   76,325

Total                          16,980,867                  20,377,042


</TABLE>

          It is further agreed that all holders of existing options and
          warrants granted by the Partnership will receive 1.2 shares of
          common stock for each Unit they are entitled to receive under the
          applicable options and warrants, subject to any subsequent stock
          split, reverse split or other recapitalization of Newco.


                                       -2-

<PAGE>


          MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS.   This Agreement may be executed in one or
          more  counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but
          all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

          Executed as of the date first written above.

                                          RACKSPACE, LTD.

                                          By:   Macroweb, LC
                                          Its:  General Partner

                                                -----------------------------
                                                Graham M. Weston, Member

                                                -----------------------------
                                                Morris A. Miller, Member

                                          RACKSPACE.COM, INC.

                                          By:
                                             ---------------------------

                                          Its:
                                              --------------------------

                                          GENERAL PARTNER:

                                          Macroweb, LC

                                                -----------------------------
                                                Morris A. Miller, Member

                                                -----------------------------
                                                Graham M. Weston, Member


                                          LIMITED PARTNERS:


                                                -----------------------------
                                                Richard Yoo

                                                -----------------------------
                                                Dirk Elmendorf

                                                -----------------------------
                                                Patrick Condon


                                       -3-

<PAGE>


                                          Trout, Ltd.
                                          By:   Knightsbridge, L.C., General
                                                Partner

                                                By:
                                                   --------------------------

                                                Its:
                                                    -------------------------

                                          Isom Capital Partners I, L.P.
                                          By:   BESK Funding, Inc., General
                                                Partner

                                                By:
                                                   --------------------------
                                                   S. James Bishkin, President

                                          First Inning Investors, L.P.
                                          By:   Trango Capital L.L.C., General
                                                Partner

                                                By:
                                                   --------------------------
                                                   Quincy J. Lee, Manager



                                       -4-

<PAGE>


                                           The Hamilton Companies LLC

                                                By:
                                                   --------------------------

                                                Title:
                                                      -----------------------



                                           Beaulieu River Capital LC (formerly,
                                           Weston Investment Interest, L.L.C.)

                                                By:
                                                   --------------------------

                                                Title:
                                                      -----------------------



                                           MiniPat & Company, Ltd.

                                                By:
                                                   --------------------------

                                                Title:
                                                      -----------------------



                                           2M Technology Ventures, L.P.
                                           By:  2M Technology Group, L.L.C.
                                                Its: General Partner

                                                By:
                                                   --------------------------

                                                Its:
                                                    -------------------------



                                       -5-

<PAGE>


                                           Red Hat, Inc.

                                           By:
                                              -------------------------------

                                           Its:
                                               ------------------------------



                                           Norwest Venture Partners VII, L.P.

                                           By:
                                              -------------------------------
                                              General Partner

                                                By:
                                                   --------------------------

                                                Its:
                                                    -------------------------

                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Brian Bell

                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Edwin Grubbs



                                           Tailwind Capital Partners 2000, L.P.

                                                By:   Thomas Weisel Capital
                                                      Partners, LLC,
                                                      general partner

                                                By:
                                                   --------------------------
                                                David A. Baylor, General Counsel


                                           Sequoia Capital Franchise Fund

                                           By:
                                              -------------------------------

                                           Its:
                                               ------------------------------

                                           Sequoia Capital Franchise Partners

                                           By:
                                              -------------------------------

                                           Its:
                                               ------------------------------


                                        -6-





<PAGE>

                                RACKSPACE, LTD.

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         This Employment Agreement (the "AGREEMENT"), by and among Rackspace,
Ltd., a Texas limited partnership ("EMPLOYER"), and Lew Moorman ("EMPLOYEE"),
is hereby entered into as of April 26, 2000.

                                 R E C I T A L S

         A.       Employee is employed hereunder by Employer in a confidential
                  relationship wherein Employee, in the course of Employee's
                  employment with Employer, has and will continue to become
                  familiar with and aware of Confidential Information (as
                  hereinafter defined), and future plans with respect thereto,
                  all of which has been and will be established and maintained
                  at great expense to Employer; this information is a trade
                  secret and constitutes the valuable goodwill of Employer.

                               A G R E E M E N T S

         In consideration of the mutual promises, terms, covenants and
conditions set forth herein and the performance of each, the parties hereto
hereby agree as follows:

         1.       EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT.

                  Employer hereby employs Employee as its Vice President of
         Product Development and Strategic Planning. As such, Employee shall
         have responsibilities, duties and authority reasonably accorded to and
         expected of an executive of Employer and as determined by the General
         Partner and/or Board of Directors of the Employer. Employee hereby
         accepts this employment upon the terms and conditions herein contained
         and agrees to devote Employee's full working time, undivided attention
         and best efforts to promote and further the business of Employer.

                  Employee shall faithfully adhere to, execute and fulfill all
         policies established by the Employer.

         2.       COMPENSATION. For all services rendered by Employee,
Employer shall compensate Employee as follows:

                  BASE SALARY AND BONUS. The base salary payable to Employee
         shall be $3,269.23 for each two week period, payable at the end of
         each two week period. In addition, at the end of each calendar year,
         provided Employee is an employee at such time, Employee shall receive
         a $20,000.00 bonus.

                  STOCK OPTIONS. Employee will receive the right to receive
         Class D Units of the Employer, under the terms of the Option Agreement
         executed by Employee and Employer contemporaneously with the execution
         of this Agreement (the "Option Agreement").

                  EXECUTIVE PERQUISITES, BENEFITS, AND OTHER COMPENSATION.
         Employee shall be entitled to receive additional benefits and
         compensation from Employer in such form and to such extent as
         specified below:

         1 of 9

<PAGE>


                           Employer shall pay all premiums for coverage for
                  Employee under health, and other insurance plans that
                  Employer may have in effect from time to time.

                           Employer shall reimburse Employee for all business
                  travel and other out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred
                  by Employee in the performance of Employee's services
                  pursuant to this Agreement. All reimbursable expenses shall
                  be appropriately documented in reasonable detail by Employee
                  upon submission of any request for reimbursement, and in a
                  format and manner consistent with Employer's expense
                  reporting policy.

                           Employee shall have three weeks of paid vacation for
                  each twelve months of employment, such vacations to be taken
                  at times which are mutually convenient to Employee and
                  Employer.

         3.       NON-COMPETITION.

                  Employee recognizes that Employer's willingness to enter into
         this Agreement is based in material part on Employee's agreement to
         the provisions of this SECTION 3, and that Employee's breach of the
         provisions of this Section could materially damage Employer.
         Therefore, in consideration of the benefits to be received by
         Employee pursuant to this Agreement, including the options under the
         Option Agreement, and receipt of Confidential Information, Employee
         agrees that Employee will not, during the period of Employee's
         employment by or with Employer, and for twelve months immediately
         following the termination of Employee's employment with Employer for
         any reason whatsoever (except for termination as a result of an
         Involunary Termination or a termination which is not for Cause, as
         hereafter defined, in which case the period shall be six months from
         the date Employee last receives compensation from the Employer) (the
         "NONCOMPETE TERM"), directly or indirectly, for himself or on behalf
         of or in conjunction with any other person, persons, company,
         partnership, corporation or business of whatever nature:

                           engage, in any capacity whatsoever, including
                  without limitation as an officer, director, shareholder,
                  owner, partner, joint venturer, manager, advisor, employee,
                  independent contractor or consultant, in any Competitive
                  Business (as defined herein) any where in the world, due to
                  the world-wide nature of the Employer's business (the
                  "TERRITORY");

                           call upon any person or entity, who is, at that
                  time, an employee, consultant or independent contractor of
                  Employer or any of its subsidiaries, for the purpose or with
                  the intent or effect of enticing such employee, independent
                  contractor or consultant away from or out of the employ or
                  contract with Employer or any of its subsidiaries; or

                           call upon any person or entity which is, at that
                  time, or which has been within one year prior to that time, a
                  customer of Employer or any of its subsidiaries for the
                  purpose of soliciting or selling services or products in a
                  Competitive Business within the Territory.

         2 of 9

<PAGE>


                  Notwithstanding the above, the foregoing covenant shall not
         be deemed to prohibit Employee from acquiring as an investment not
         more than one percent of the capital stock of a competing business,
         whose stock is traded on a national securities exchange or
         over-the-counter.

                  Because of the difficulty of measuring economic losses to
         Employer as a result of a breach of the foregoing covenant, and
         because of the immediate and irreparable damage that could be caused
         to Employer for which it would have no other adequate remedy,
         Employee agrees that the foregoing covenant may be enforced by
         Employer, in the event of a breach by Employee, by injunctions,
         restraining orders and other equitable actions.

                  It is agreed by the parties that the foregoing covenants in
this SECTION 3 impose a reasonable restraint on Employee in light of the
activities and business of Employer on the date of the execution of this
Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, "Competitive Business" means any
business that competes with Employer, including, without limitation, any
business that provides, sells or leases dedicated servers for connection with
the internet as its primary product/service line; provided that Competitive
Business shall also include any business that provides, sells or leases
dedicated servers for connection with the internet in circumstances where such
services are not its primary product/service line, unless Employee first seeks
and obtains the consent of Employer, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld and shall be based upon a determination by the Employer that the
position of Employee position (i) will not involve or relate to and will be
separated from the business that provides, sells or leases dedicated servers
for connection with the internet, and (ii) the position of Employee will not
harm or potentially harm the business of the Employer.

                   The covenants in this SECTION 3 are severable and separate,
         and the unenforceability of any specific covenant shall not affect the
         provisions of any other covenant. Moreover, in the event any court of
         competent jurisdiction shall determine that the scope, time or
         territorial restrictions set forth are unreasonable, then it is the
         intention of the parties that such restrictions be enforced to the
         fullest extent that the court deems reasonable, and this Agreement
         shall be reformed in accordance therewith.

                  All of the covenants in this SECTION 3 shall be construed as
         an agreement independent of any other provision in this Agreement, and
         the existence of any claim or cause of action of Employee against
         Employer, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not
         constitute a defense to the enforcement by Employer of such covenants.

         4.       RETURN OF EMPLOYER PROPERTY. For purposes of this Agreement,
"COMPANY MATERIALS" shall mean documents or other media or tangible items that
contain or embody Confidential Information or any other information concerning
the business, operations or plans of Employer or any entity controlled by or
under common control with Employer (an "AFFILIATE"), whether such documents
have been prepared by Employee or others. "COMPANY MATERIALS" include, but are
not limited to, blueprints, drawings, photographs, charts, graphs, notebooks,
customer lists, computer disks, tapes or printouts, sound recordings and other
printed, typewritten or handwritten documents, as well as samples, prototypes,
models, products and the like. All Company Materials shall be and remain the
sole property of Employer, or such Affiliate, as the case may be. During the
time period during which Employee is employed by Employer (the "Term"),
Employee agrees that Employee will not remove any Company

         3 of 9

<PAGE>


Materials from the business premises of Employer or deliver any Company
Materials to any person or entity outside of Employer, except as required to
do so in connection with performing the duties of Employee. Employee further
agrees that, immediately upon the termination of Employee's employment by
Employee or Employer for any or no reason (including a wrongful termination),
or during the Term if so requested by Employer, Employee shall return all
Company Materials, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, or any
reproduction of such property. Because of the difficulty of measuring economic
losses to Employer as a result of a breach of this SECTION 4, and because of
the immediate and irreparable damage that could be caused to Employer for
which it would have no other remedy, Employee agrees that this SECTION 4 may
be enforced by Employer in the event of breach by him, by injunctions and
restraining orders.

         5.       AT WILL EMPLOYMENT. Employee shall be employed on at
"At-Will" basis, and as such may be terminated at any time, with or without
cause. If, within the first twelve months of employment, employment is
terminated by the Employer or its successor for any reason other than Cause
(as defined below) or employee becomes subject to an Involuntary Termination
(as defined below), employee will be entitled to receive continuation of base
salary and insurance benefits for a period of 6 months.

"Cause" shall mean (i) negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct in
the performance of employee's duties to the Employer, (ii) violation of any
federal or state law which harms or could potentially harm the standing and
reputation of the Employer (as determined by the Board of Directors or General
Partner of Employer in good faith), (iii) indictment of a felony or crime
involving moral turpitude, (iv) submitting a false statement to the Employer
or a third party on behalf of the Employer, with the intention to deceive the
Employer or such third party, (iv) the death or Disability of the Employee, or
(v) a breach of this Agreement by Employee.

"Disability of Employee" means, the expiration of a continuous period of one
hundred and eighty (180) days during which Employee is unable to perform his
assigned duties due to physical or mental incapacity.

"Involuntary Termination" means voluntary resignation by Employee upon 30 days
prior written notice to the Employer, following (i) a material reduction or
change in the duties, responsibilities and requirements inconsistent with the
Employee's position with the Employer and Employee's prior duties,
responsibilities and requirements (taking into account the difference in job
title and duties that may occur following an acquisition but that do not
actually result in a material change in employee's job duties,
responsibilities and requirements), which, after written notice from the
Employee to the Employer that such reduction or change constitutes an
Involuntary Termination is not appropriately modified by the Employer within
ten business days of such written notice; (ii) any reduction in base
compensation; or (iii) a requirement that employee relocate to a location more
than 50 miles from the Employer's current location (unless the location is
Austin Texas, in which case such requirement shall not constitute an
Involuntary Termination).

         6.       Upon termination of employment, Employee shall be entitled
to receive all compensation earned and all benefits and reimbursements due
through the effective date of termination. All other rights and obligations of
Employer and Employee under this Agreement shall cease as of the effective
date of termination, except that Employee's obligations under SECTIONS 3, 4,
6, 7, 8 AND 13 hereof shall survive such termination in accordance with their
terms.

         4 of 9

<PAGE>


         7.       INVENTIONS.

                  Employee agrees to promptly disclose in writing to Employer
         all "INVENTIONS", (which term includes improvements, inventions, works
         of authorship, trade secrets, technology, computer programs, formulas,
         compositions, ideas, designs, processes, techniques, know-how and
         data, whether patentable or not patentable) made or conceived or
         reduced to practice or developed by Employee, either alone or jointly
         with others, during the Term. Employee also agrees to disclose to the
         CEO or COO of Employer Inventions conceived, reduced to practice, or
         developed by Employee within six (6) months of termination of
         Employee's employment with Employer; such disclosures shall be
         received by Employer in confidence (to the extent they are not
         assigned in (b) below) and do not extend the assignment made in
         Section (b) below. Employee agrees not to disclose Inventions covered
         by this SECTION 6 to any person outside of Employer unless requested
         to do so by management personnel of Employer.

                  Employee agrees that all Inventions which Employee makes,
         conceives, reduces to practice or develops (in whole or in part,
         either alone or jointly with others) during his employment shall be
         the sole property of Employer and Employee hereby assigns such
         Inventions and all rights therein to Employer. Employer shall be the
         sole owner of all rights in connection therewith.

                  Employee agrees to perform, during and after Employee's
         employment with Employer, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by
         Employer to permit and assist it, at Employer's expense, in
         evidencing, perfecting, obtaining, maintaining, defending and
         enforcing Employer's rights in any Inventions and/or Employee's
         assignment with respect to such Inventions in any and all countries.
         Such acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents
         and assistance or cooperation in legal proceedings. Employee hereby
         irrevocably designates and appoints Employer and its duly authorized
         officers and agents, as Employee's agents and attorneys-in-fact to
         act for and in Employee's behalf and instead of Employee, to execute
         and file any documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to
         further the above purposes with the same legal force and effect as if
         executed by Employee.

                  Any assignment of copyright hereunder includes all rights of
         paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights
         that may be known as or referred to as "moral rights" (collectively,
         "MORAL RIGHTS"). To the extent that such Moral Rights cannot be
         assigned under applicable law and to the extent the following is
         allowed by the laws in the various jurisdictions where Moral Rights
         exist, Employee hereby waives such Moral Rights and consents to any
         action of Employer that would violate such Moral Rights in the absence
         of such consent. Employee agrees to confirm such waivers and consents
         from time to time as requested by Employer.

                  Employee has attached to this Agreement a complete list of
         all existing Inventions to which Employee claims ownership as of the
         date of this Agreement and that Employee desires to specifically
         clarify are not subject to this Agreement, and Employee acknowledges
         and agrees that such list is complete. If no such list is attached to
         this Agreement, Employee represents that Employee has no such
         Inventions at the time of signing this Agreement.

         5 of 9

<PAGE>


         8.       CONFIDENTIALITY.

                  Employee acknowledges and agrees that all Confidential
         Information (as defined below) is confidential and a valuable, special
         and unique asset of Employer that gives Employer an advantage over its
         actual and potential, current and future competitors. Employee further
         acknowledges and agrees that all Confidential Information shall be the
         sole property of Employer. At all times, both during the term of
         Employee's employment and after the termination of Employee's
         employment for any reason (including wrongful termination), Employee
         shall hold all Confidential Information in strict confidence, and
         shall not use any Confidential Information except for the benefit of
         Employer, in accordance with the duties assigned to Employee by
         Employer. Employee shall not, at any time (either during or after the
         term of Employee's employment), disclose any Confidential Information
         to any person or entity (except other employees of Employer who have
         a need to know the information in connection with the performance of
         their employment duties ), or copy, reproduce, modify, decompile, or
         reverse engineer any Confidential Information, or remove any
         Confidential Information from Employer's premises, without the prior
         written consent of Employer, or permit any other person to do so.
         Employee shall take reasonable precautions to protect the physical
         security of all documents and other material containing Confidential
         Information (regardless of the medium on which the Confidential
         Information is stored). This Agreement applies to all Confidential
         Information, whether now known or later to become known to Employee.

                  As used in this Agreement, the term "CONFIDENTIAL
         INFORMATION" shall mean any information that was or will be
         developed, created, or discovered by or on behalf of Employer, or
         which became or will become known by, or was or is conveyed to
         Employer, which has commercial value in Employer's business.
         "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" includes, but is not limited to,
         information about trade secrets, computer programs, designs,
         technology, ideas, know-how, processes, formulas, compositions, data,
         techniques, improvements, inventions (whether patentable or not),
         works of authorship, business and product development plans, the
         salaries and terms of compensation of other employees, customers and
         other information concerning Employer's actual or anticipated
         business, research or development, or which is received in confidence
         by or for Employer from any other person. Employee agrees that
         Employee's employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust
         between Employee and Employer with respect to Confidential
         Information.

                  Because of the difficulty of measuring economic losses to
         Employer as a result of a breach of this SECTION 7, and because of the
         immediate and irreparable damage that could be caused to Employer for
         which it would have no other adequate remedy, Employee agrees that this
         SECTION 7 may be enforced by Employer in the event of a breach by
         Employee by injunctions and restraining orders.

         6 of 9

<PAGE>


         9.       NO PRIOR AGREEMENTS. Employee hereby represents and warrants
to Employer that the execution of this Agreement by Employee and his
employment by Employer and the performance of Employee's duties hereunder will
not violate or be a breach of any agreement with a former employer, client or
any other person or entity. Further, Employee agrees to indemnify Employer for
any claim, including but not limited to attorneys' fees and expenses of
investigation, by any such third party that such third party may now have or
may hereafter come to have against Employer based upon or arising out of any
noncompetition agreement, invention or secrecy agreement between Employee and
such third party which was in existence as of the date of this Agreement.

         10.      ASSIGNMENT; BINDING EFFECT. Employee understands that he has
been selected for employment by Employer on the basis of Employee's personal
qualifications, experience and skills. Employee, therefore, shall not assign
all or any portion of Employee's performance under this Agreement. Subject to
the preceding two sentences, this Agreement shall be binding upon, inure to
the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective
heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. Therefore Employer
include a successors of Rackspace, Ltd., as well as an acquirer of all or
substantially all of the assets of Employer.

         11.      COMPLETE AGREEMENT. This Agreement is not a promise of
future employment. This Agreement supersedes any other agreements or
understandings, written or oral, between Employer, or any predecessor of
Employer, and Employee, and Employee has no oral representations,
understandings or agreements with Employer or any of its officers, directors
or representatives covering the same subject matter as this Agreement.

         This written Agreement is the final, complete and exclusive statement
and expression of the agreement between Employer and Employee and of all the
terms of this Agreement, and it cannot be varied, contradicted or supplemented
by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements. This
written Agreement may not be later modified except by a written instrument
signed by a duly authorized officer of Employer and Employee, and no term of
this Agreement may be waived except by a written instrument signed by the
party waiving the benefit of such term.

         12.      NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required hereunder, it shall
be given in writing addressed as follows:

                  TO EMPLOYER:                112 East Pecan, Suite 600
                                              San Antonio, Texas 78205
                                              Attention: President


                  TO EMPLOYEE:
                                              ---------------------------------



Notice shall be deemed given and effective three days after the deposit in the
U.S. mail of a writing addressed as above and sent first class mail,
certified, return receipt requested, or when actually received. Either party
may change the address for notice by notifying the other party of such change
in accordance with this SECTION 11.

         13.      SEVERABILITY; HEADINGS. If any portion of this Agreement is
held invalid or inoperative, the other portions of this Agreement shall be
deemed valid and operative and, so far as is reasonable and possible, effect
shall be given to the intent manifested by the portion held

         7 of 9

<PAGE>


invalid or inoperative. The Section headings herein are for reference purposes
only and are not intended in any way to describe, interpret, define or limit
the extent or intent of the Agreement or of any part hereof.

         14.      ARBITRATION.

                  (1)    Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to
         this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by binding
         arbitration by a single arbitrator in accordance with the Commercial
         Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in San
         Antonio, Texas (the "Rules"). Upon receipt of notice of any dispute to
         be settled by binding arbitration, the American Arbitration
         Association shall use its best efforts to appoint a single arbitrator
         within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice. The arbitrator
         shall be determined by the Employee and the Employer, unless the
         parties are unable to agree upon the arbitrator, in which case the
         arbitrator shall be chosen in accordance with the Rules. The above
         notwithstanding, the Employer shall have the right to seek and obtain
         injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent
         jurisdiction, in the event that Employee violates the terms of this
         Agreement including but not limited to Sections 3 and 8.

                  (2)    The arbitrator shall not have the authority to add to,
         detract from, or modify any provision hereof, nor shall the arbitrator
         award exemplary or punitive damages to either party. A decision by the
         arbitrator shall be final and binding. Judgment may be entered on the
         arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction, and such award
         shall not be appealable.

         15.      GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall in all respects be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.

         16.      COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously
in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all
of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument. Facsimile
transmission of any signed original document and/or retransmission of any
signed facsimile transmission will be deemed the same as delivery of an
original. At the request of any party, the parties will confirm facsimile
transmission by signing a duplicate original document.









         8 of 9

<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement
as of the day and year first above written.



                                    RACKSPACE, LTD.

                                    By:  Macroweb, LC, its general partner

                                    BY:   /s/ GRAHAM M. WESTON
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          NAME:  GRAHAM M. WESTON

                                          TITLE: MEMBER

                                    /s/ Lew Moorman
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Lew Moorman











         9 of 9

<PAGE>

                         REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT


         THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made and
entered into effective as of the 30th day of November, 1999, by and among
Rackspace, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership (the "Company"), and the persons
set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto (such persons being referred to herein
as the "Investors" and individually as an "Investor").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, each Investor owns Units of Limited Partners Interest
("Units") in the Company or has options to acquire Units in the Company as set
forth below; and

         WHEREAS, Graham M. Weston ("Weston") Morris A. Miller ("Miller"),
Patrick Condon ("Condon"), Dirk Elmendorf ("Elmendorf"), each have options to
acquire Units in consideration for their agreement to forego salary during the
period of January 1, 2000 through April 30, 2000, and in addition, Elmendorf
has the option to acquire 119,047.619 Units from Richard Yoo (all of such
options to acquire Units are referred to as the "Options")

         WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to provide the Investors with certain
registration rights with respect to the Registrable Securities in return for
certain commitments from the Investors contained herein.

         NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein
contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto
hereby agree as follows:

         Section 1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, the
following definitions shall apply:

                  "AFFILIATE" means a Person who directly or indirectly
controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person
referred to. For this purpose, "control" means the ability to direct or cause
the direction of the management or affairs of a Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

                  "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or
any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

                  "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, or any similar successor federal statute, and the rules and
regulations thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

                  "FAMILY AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any Investor, (i)
a natural Person who is a spouse, lineal descendent or spouse of a lineal
descendent, or any trust or family trust of which


                                      -1-

<PAGE>

the Investor or any of such Persons is the trustee or a beneficiary (ii) a
corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or
other business entity if and for so long as the Investor holds, directly or
indirectly, equity securities or interests in such entity having the right to
elect a majority of the members of the board of directors or other governing
body or to otherwise manage the affairs of the entity.

                  "HOLDER" means any holder of outstanding Registrable
Securities; provided, however, that for all purposes under this Agreement, the
holder of any Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be the Holder of the
Registrable Securities into which such Registrable Securities are then
convertible.

                  "PERSON" means any natural Person, any unincorporated
organization or association, and any partnership, limited liability company,
corporation, estate, trust, nominee, custodian or other individual or entity.

                  The terms "REGISTER," "REGISTERED" and "REGISTRATION" refer
to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in
compliance with the Securities Act (and any post-effective amendments thereto
filed or required to be filed, and the declaration or ordering of the
effectiveness of such registration statement.

                  "REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" means: (i) the Units held by the
Investors as of the date of this Agreement, including any additional Units
acquired by the Investors by exercise of any preemptive rights or rights of
first refusal, (ii) the Units, if any, issued to Graham M. Weston, Morris A.
Miller, Pat Condon, or Dirk Elmendorf, pursuant to the Options, and (iv) any
securities of the Company issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, in
respect of by way of exchange for such Units held by the Investors, together
with any other securities which are issued with respect thereto by way of any
stock split. stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, or similar
event: provided, however, that Registrable Securities shall not include any
Registrable Securities which have previously been registered or sold to the
public or which are eligible for sale to the public under paragraph (1;) of
Rule 144 as defined below.

                  "REGISTRATION DATE" means the effective date of the first
registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities
to the general public, or the date on which the Company first becomes subject
to the registration requirements of Section 12(b) or Section 12(h) of the
Securities Exchange Act, whichever first occurs.

                  "REGISTRATION EXPENSES" means all expenses incurred by the
Company in complying with registration obligations hereunder, including,
without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing
expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and
the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel chosen by
the Holders who are the holders of a majority of Registrable Securities being
registered, blue sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits
incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the
compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any
event by the Company). Registration Expenses shall not include fees of counsel


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

for the Holders other than of one counsel as set forth above or Selling
Expenses as defined below.

                  "REQUISITE HOLDERS" means Holders of not less than 50% of
the Registrable Securities; except in the case of a Demand Registration for
the first registered offering of the Company's securities it means holders of
not less than 40% of the then outstanding equity securities of the Company.

                  "RESTRICTED SECURITIES" means the securities of the Company
required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2 hereof.

                  "Rule 144" means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities
Act, or any similar successor rule, as the same shall be in effect from time
to time.

                  "RULE 145" means Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities
Act, or any similar successor rule, as the same shall be in effect from time
to time.

                  "RULE 415" means Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities
Act, or any similar successor rule, as the same shall be in effect from time
to time.

                  "SELLING EXPENSES" shall mean all underwriting discounts,
selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of
Registrable Securities.

                  "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder, as shall be in effect at the time.

                  "SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended, and the rules, regulations and interpretations
promulgated thereunder.

         Section 2. DEMAND REGISTRATION.

                  (a) REQUEST FOR REGISTRATION. If, at any time after the
first to occur of (i) 180 days following the Registration Date or (ii) the
third anniversary of this Agreement, the Company shall receive from the
Requisite Holders a written request that the Company effect the registration
under the Securities Act of the resale of Registrable Securities held by such
Requisite Holders (a "Demand Registration"), then the Company shall:

                      (i) promptly give written notice of the proposed
registration to all other Holders; and

                      (ii) use its best efforts to effect, as soon as
practicable, the registration under the Securities Act (including, without
limitation, by means of a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act if so requested and if the Company is then eligible to use

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

such a registration) of the Registrable Securities which the Company has been
so requested to register, together with all or such portion of the Registrable
Securities of any Holders joining in such request as are specified in a
written request received by the Company within 20 days after the Company mails
such written notice in accordance with the registration procedures set forth
in Section 7 hereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be
obligated to take any action to effect any such registration under the
Securities Act:

                      (A) after the Company has effected one such registration
                  pursuant to this Section 2 which have been declared or
                  ordered effective and pursuant to which securities have been
                  sold; or

                      (B) if such request is for a shelf registration pursuant
                  to Rule 415 of the Securities Act and is in connection with
                  the first registration statement filed by the Company.

                  Subject to the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) the Company
shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities so
requested to be registered as soon as practicable, and in any event within 120
days, after receipt of the request or requests of the Requisite Holders;
provided, however, that if the Company shall furnish to such Holder a
certificate signed by the president of the Company stating that in the good
faith judgment of the board of directors of the Company, it would be seriously
detrimental to the Company or its shareholders for such registration statement
to be filed on or before the date filing would be required and it is therefore
essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company
shall have the right to defer such filing for a reasonable period not to
exceed 90 days. The Company's right to delay such registration as set forth in
the previous sentence may only be exercised one time during any twelve month
period.

                  (b) PRIORITY ON UNDERWRITTEN DEMAND REGISTRATIONS. If the
Requisite Holders so elect, the offering of such Registrable Securities
pursuant to such Demand Registration shall be in the form of an underwritten
offering. In such event, if the managing underwriter or underwriters of the
Demand Registration advise the Company and the Requisite Holders in writing
that the total amount of Registrable Securities requested to be included in
such offering would exceed the maximum amount of securities which can be
marketed at a price reasonably related to the current fair market value of
such securities without adversely affecting such offering (the "Underwriters
Maximum Number"), the Company will be required to include in such registration
to the extent of the Underwriters Maximum Number: first, the Registrable
Securities requested to be included in such registration by the Holders
thereof, allocated pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of
Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by each such Holder;
and second, any equity securities requested to be included in such
registration by the Company and any other holders of such securities,
allocated as determined by the Company subject to any agreements between the
Company and any such holders.

                  (c) SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS. The managing underwriter or
underwriters to be used in connection with such registration shall be selected
by the Requisite Holders holding a


                                      -4-

<PAGE>

majority of the Registrable Securities being registered. The Company shall
have the right to approve the selection of any such underwriters, which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                  (d) UNDERWRITING AGREEMENTS. The Company shall (together
with all Holders selling Registrable Securities) enter into an underwriting
agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such
underwriting by a majority in interest of the Requisite Holders, and each
Holder selling Registrable Securities shall participate in such underwriting.

                  (e) WITHDRAWAL FROM UNDERWRITING. If any Holder of
Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such
person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the
managing underwriter and the Requisite Holders. The Registrable Securities
and/or other securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from
registration, and such Registrable Securities shall not be transferred in a
public distribution prior to 90 days after the effective date of such
registration, or such other shorter period of time as the underwriters may
require. If by the withdrawal of such Registrable Securities a greater number
of Registrable Securities held by other Holders may be included in such
registration (up to the maximum of any limitation imposed by the
underwriters), then the Company shall offer to all Holders who have included
Registrable Securities in the registration the right to include additional
Registrable Securities in the same proportion and manner used in determining
the underwriter limitation in this Section 2.

                  (f) INCLUSION AS A DEMAND REGISTRATION. For purposes of this
Section 2, a registration will not count as a Demand Registration until it has
become effective; provided, however, if the Requisite Holders withdraw their
Registrable Securities (whether before or after the effectiveness of such
registration), such demand will count as a Demand Registration for purposes of
this Section 2 unless the Requisite Holders pay all of the Registration
Expenses associated with such attempted registration.

                  (g) RIGHTS OF OTHER SECURITIES HOLDERS JOINING DEMAND. In
order for the Requisite Holders to make a Demand Registration that would
result in the first public offering of the securities of the Company, it will
be necessary to have other equity securities holders of the Company (as
selected in the discretion of the Investors) join the Investors in making such
demand. In such event, the holders of Company securities joining the Investors
in that Demand Registration shall be entitled to participate in that
particular registration on the same basis as the Investors.

         Section 3. PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION.

                  (a) RIGHT TO INCLUDE REGISTRABLE SECURITIES. Whenever the
Company proposes to register the sale of any of its equity securities under
the Securities Act other than on Form S-4 or Form S-8 promulgated under the
Securities Act or any similar form then in effect, the Company shall give
written notice thereof to each Holder as soon as practicable (but in any event
at least 30 days before such filing), offering such Holder the opportunity to
register on such


                                      -5-

<PAGE>

registration statement such number of Registrable Securities as such Holder
may request in writing, subject to the provisions of Section 3(b), not later
than 20 days after the date of the giving of such notice (a "Piggyback
Registration"). Upon receipt by the Company of any such request, the Company
shall use reasonable efforts to, or in the case of an underwritten offering,
to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters to, include such Registrable
Securities in such registration statement (or in a separate registration
statement concurrently filed) and to cause such registration statement to
become effective with respect to such Registrable Securities in accordance
with the registration procedures set forth in Section 7 hereof If the
Company's registration is to be effected pursuant to an underwritten offering,
Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 3 shall be
distributed in accordance with such offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
if at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register its
equity securities and before the effectiveness of the registration statement
filed in connection with such registration, the Company determines for any
reason either not to effect such registration or to delay such registration,
the Company may, at its election, by delivery of written notice to each Holder
(A) in the case of a determination not to effect registration, relieve itself
of its obligation to register the Registrable Securities in connection with
such registration or (B) in the case of a determination to delay registration,
delay the registration of such Registrable Securities for the same period as
the delay in the registration of such other equity securities. Each Holder
requesting inclusion in a registration pursuant to this Section 3 may, at any
time before the effective date of the registration statement relating to such
registration, revoke such request by delivering written notice of such
revocation to the Company (which notice shall be effective only upon receipt
by the Company); provided, however, that if the Company, in consultation with
its financial and legal advisors, determines that such revocation would
materially delay the registration or otherwise require a recirculation of the
prospectus contained in the registration statement, then such holder shall
have no right to so revoke its request.

                  (b) PRIORITY IN PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, with respect to any primary registration that is underwritten and
with respect to which the managing underwriter or underwriters advise the
Company of an Underwriters Maximum Number, then the Company will so notify all
Holders requesting inclusion in such registration and will be required to
include in such registration, to the extent of the Underwriters Maximum
Number: first, any equity securities that the Company proposes to sell for its
own account (up to the Underwriters Maximum Number); second, the Registrable
Securities requested by Holders to be included in such registration allocated
pro rata with any other holders of equity securities having piggyback
registration rights on the basis of the number of securities requested to be
included therein by each such holder; and third, to the extent that the
Underwriters Maximum Number has not been filled by the application of the
preceding clauses, any further equity securities that the Company proposes to
sell for its own account and/or any equity securities requested to be included
in such registration by other holders of such securities, allocated as
determined by the Company subject to agreements between the Company and any
such holders.

                  (c) SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS. If any Piggyback Registration
is in the form of an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter or
underwriters and any additional investment bankers and managers to be used in
connection with such registration shall be


                                      -6-

<PAGE>

selected by the Company (subject to any separate agreement with the holders on
behalf of which a secondary underwritten offering is being made). The
selection of such underwriters shall also be subject to the approval by the
Holders participating in such underwritten offering holding a majority of the
Registrable Securities being registered, which approval shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

                  (d) UNDERWRITING AGREEMENTS. All Holders proposing to
distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the
Company and the other holders distributing their securities through such
underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the
managing underwriter selected for such underwriting by the Company, and each
Holder selling Registrable Securities shall participate in such underwriting.

                  (e) WITHDRAWAL FROM UNDERWRITING. If any Holder or other
holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, he may elect to
withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing
underwriter. Any securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall
be withdrawn from such registration, and shall not be transferred in a public
distribution prior to 180 days after the effective date of the registration
statement relating thereto, or such other shorter period of time as the
underwriters may require.

                  (f) RIGHT TO TERMINATE REGISTRATION. The Company shall have
the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this
Section 3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any
Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

         Section 4. MARKET STANDOFF. If the Company at any time shall register
the offer and sale of shares of Common Stock to the public under the
Securities Act (including any registration pursuant to Sections 2 or 3), the
Holders shall not sell publicly, make any short sale of, grant any option for
the purchase of, or otherwise dispose publicly of, any Registrable Securities
(other than those shares of Common Stock included in such registration
pursuant to Sections 2 or 3) without the prior written consent of the Company
for a period designated by the Company in writing to the Holders, which period
shall begin not more than 10 days prior to the effectiveness of the
registration statement pursuant to which such public offering shall be made
and shall not last more than 180 days after the effective date of such
registration statement. The Company shall obtain the agreement of any person
permitted to sell shares of stock in a registration to be bound by and to
comply with this Section 4 as if such person was a Holder hereunder.

         Section 5. EXPENSES OF REGISTRATION. All Registration Expenses
incurred in connection with the one Demand Registration and the Piggyback
Registrations shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses relating to
securities so registered as well as all Registration Expenses relating to
Demand Registrations and Piggyback Registrations not required to be borne by
the Company shall be borne by the holders of such securities pro rata on the
basis of the number of shares of securities so registered on their behalf.


                                      -7-

<PAGE>

         Section 6. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. If and whenever the Company is
required by the provisions of Section 2 or 3 hereof to use its best efforts to
effect promptly the registration of Registrable Securities, the Company shall:

                  (a) Prepare and file with the Commission a registration
statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts
to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective as
provided herein;

                  (b) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and
supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in
connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement
effective and current and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act
with respect to the sale of or other disposition of all Registrable Securities
covered by such registration statement, including such amendments and
supplements as may be necessary to reflect the intended method of disposition
of the prospective seller or sellers of such Registrable Securities, but for
no longer than one hundred eighty (180) days subsequent to the effective date
of such registration in the case of a registration statement on Form S-1 (or
any similar form of registration statement required to set forth substantially
identical information) and for no longer than one hundred twenty (120) days in
the case of a registration statement on Form S-3; provided, however, that (i)
such period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the
Holder refrains from selling any securities included in such registration at
the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the
Company; and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on
Form S-3 which are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis,
such period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the registration
statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold, provided
that Rule 415 permits an offering on a continuous or delayed basis, and
provided further that applicable rules under the Securities Act governing the
obligation to file a post-effective amendment permit, in lieu of filing a
post-effective amendment that (I) includes any prospectus required by Section
10(a)(3) of the Securities Act or (II) reflects facts or events representing a
material or fundamental change in the information set forth in the
registration statement, the incorporation by reference of information required
to be included in (I) and (II) above to be contained in periodic reports filed
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act in the registration
statement;

                  (c) Furnish to each prospective seller of Registrable
Securities such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary
prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and
such other documents, as such seller may reasonably request in order to
facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities
of such seller;

                  (d) Notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by
such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is
required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any
event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration
statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact
or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in the light of
the circumstances then existing, and at the request of any


                                      -8-

<PAGE>

such seller, prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies
of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so
that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such
prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading or incomplete in the light of the
circumstances then existing;

                  (e) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered
pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange or approved for
quotation on any inter-dealer quotation system on which similar securities
issued by the Company are then listed or quoted;

                  (f) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all
Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and
a CUSIP number of all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than
the effective date of such registration;

                  (g) Use its best efforts to register or qualify such
Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such
jurisdictions as any Holder may reasonably request and do any and all other
acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable any
Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable
Securities owned by such Holder; provided, however, that the Company will not
be required to qualify generally to do business, subject itself to general
taxation or consent to general service of process in any jurisdiction where it
would not otherwise be required to do so but for this paragraph (g);

                  (h) Use its best efforts to cause such Registrable
Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental
agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and
operations of the Company to enable each Holder holding such Registrable
Securities to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

                  (i) Subject to the execution of confidentiality agreements
in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, make available upon
reasonable notice and during normal business hours, for inspection by each
Holder holding such Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in
any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney,
accountant or other agent retained by any Holder or underwriter (collectively,
the "Inspectors"), all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent
corporate documents and properties of the Company as shall be reasonably
necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and
cause the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all
information reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such
registration statement;

                  (j) Use its best efforts to obtain from its independent
certified public accountants "cold comfort" letters in customary form and at
customary times and covering matters of the type customarily covered by cold
comfort letters;


                                      -9-

<PAGE>

                  (k) Use its best efforts to obtain from its counsel an
opinion or opinions in customary form;

                  (l) Issue to any underwriter to which any Holder holding
such Registrable Securities may sell shares in such offering certificates
evidencing such Registrable Securities;

                  (m) Otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all
applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its
security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement
covering the period of at least twelve months, but not more than eighteen
months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of the
Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions
of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;

                  (n) In connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to
a registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2 hereof, enter into an
underwriting agreement reasonably necessary to effect the offer and sale-of
Common Stock, provided such underwriting agreement contains customary
underwriting provisions and provided further that if the underwriter so
requests the underwriting agreement will contain customary contribution
provision; and

                  (o) Use its best efforts to take all other steps necessary
to effect the registration of such Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

         Section 7. INDEMNIFICATION. In the event any of the Registrable
Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section:

                  (a) The Company will indemnify each Holder, each of such
Holder's officers and directors and partners (and each partner's officers,
directors and partners) and such Holder's separate legal counsel and
independent accountants, and each person controlling such Holder within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each underwriter, if any, and
each person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of
the Securities Act, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), including any of the foregoing
incurred in settlement of any litigation, commenced or threatened, arising out
of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a
material fact contained, on the effective date thereof, in any registration
statement, any prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement
thereto, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein (in the case of a prospectus, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, or any violation by
the Company of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act
applicable to the Company in connection with any such registration,
qualification or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder,
each of its officers, directors and partners (and each partner's officers,
directors and partners) and such Holders' separate legal counsel and
independent accountants and each person controlling such Holder, each such
underwriter each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and
any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating,
preparing or


                                      -10-

<PAGE>

defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, provided that the
Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim,
loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance
upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an
instrument duly executed by such Holder or underwriter and stated to be
specifically for use therein.

                  (b) Each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such
Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration,
qualification or compliance is being effected, indemnify the Company, each of
its directors and officers and its legal counsel and independent accountants,
each underwriter, if any, of the Company's securities covered by such a
registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such
underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each
other such Holder, each of its officers and directors and each person
controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities
Act, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged
untrue statement) of a material fact contained, on the effective date thereof,
in any such registration statement, any prospectus contained therein, or any
omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of a
prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not
misleading, and will reimburse the Company, such Holders, such directors,
officers, persons, underwriters or control persons for any legal or any other
expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any
such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but
only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement)
or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement or
prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder and
stated to be specifically for use therein; provided, however, that the
obligations of any such Holder hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal
to the proceeds to each such Holder of Registrable Securities sold as
contemplated herein.

                  (c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this
Section (the "Indemnified Party") shall give notice to the party required to
provide indemnification (the "Indemnifying Party") promptly after such
Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may
be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of
any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that counsel
for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or
litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall
not unreasonably be withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in
such defense at such party's expense, and provided further that the failure of
any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the
Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 8 to the extent such
failure is not prejudicial No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such
claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party,
consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not
include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or


                                      -11-

<PAGE>

plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect
to such claim or litigation.

                  (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is
held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified
Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred
to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying the
Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
Indemnified Party with respect to such loss, liability, claim, damage or
expense in the proportion that is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of
the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party in connection with the
statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage
or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The
relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall he
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged
untrue statement of material fact or the omission (or alleged omission) to
state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying
Party or by the Indemnified Party, and the parties, relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission.

         Section 8. INFORMATION BY HOLDER. The Holder or Holders of
Registrable Securities included in any registration shall furnish to the
Company such information regarding such Holder or Holders and the distribution
proposed by such Holder or Holders as the Company may request in writing and
as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or
compliance referred to in this Section.

         Section 9. RULE 144 REPORTING. With a view to making available the
benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any
time permit the sale of the Restricted Securities to the public without
registration, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock
of the Company, the Company shall use its best efforts to:

                  (a) Make and keep public information available, as those
terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act,
beginning 90 days after (i) the Registration Date, or (ii) the Company issues
an offering circular meeting the requirements of Regulation A under the
Securities Act;

                  (b) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports
and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the
Securities Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such
reporting requirements); and

                  (c) Furnish to any Holder promptly upon request a written
statement as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at
any time after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration
statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the
general public), and of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act (at
any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy
of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other
reports and documents of the Company and other information in the possession
of or reasonably obtainable by the Company as


                                      -12-

<PAGE>

a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation
of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without
registration.

         Section 10. ASSIGNMENT OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS. The rights to cause
the Company to register securities granted under this Agreement may be
assigned to a transferee or assignee in connection with the transfer or
assignment of shares of Registrable Securities (i) to a Family Affiliate of
the Holder, (ii) to Affiliates of the Holder, (iii) to the Company, (iv) to
Persons to whom the Registrable Securities are transferred by reason of the
Holder's death or involuntarily by operation of law, (v) pursuant to a
transfer approved by the Company in its sole and absolute discretion, or (vi)
to Persons to whom the Registrable Securities are transferred in accordance
with the transfer restriction provisions, if any, in the limited partnership
agreement, regulations, bylaws or other documents or agreements of Holder;
provided, however, that the Company is given written notice thereof.

         Section 11. SUBSEQUENT PURCHASERS. Without the affirmative of the
Holders of at least 66-2/3% of the Registrable Securities, the Company shall
not grant to any purchaser of the Company's securities any demand registration
rights, or any piggyback registration rights that, with respect to
underwriters cutbacks, would be inconsistent or in conflict with the
provisions hereof. Moreover, for so long as the holders of the Registrable
Securities are entitled to exercise the registration rights described herein,
they shall receive the benefit of any and all registration rights granted by
the Company to any other person who is as of the date of this Agreement
securities holder in the Company (or any affiliate of such existing securities
holder) which are more favorable than the registration rights granted to the
Investors herein.

         Section 12. TERM. This Agreement and all rights granted to the
Investors hereunder shall expire on the seventh anniversary of the date on
which the first registration statement by the Company for an offering of its
securities to the general public is declared effective by the Commission.

         Section 13. MISCELLANEOUS.

                  (a) NOTICES. Any notice or other communications required or
permitted hereunder shall be deemed to be sufficient if contained in a written
instrument delivered in person or by nationally recognized overnight courier
or duly sent by First Class certified mail, postage prepaid, or by telecopy
addressed to such party at the address or telecopy number set forth below or
such other address or telecopy number as may hereafter be designated in
writing by the addressee to the addressor listing all parties:



                                      -13-

<PAGE>

                  If to the Company:        Rackspace, Ltd.
                                            112 E. Pecan Street, Suite 600
                                            San Antonio, Texas  78205
                                            Telephone:  (210) 892-4000
                                            Facsimile: (210) 892-4329
                                            Attn:  Morris A. Miller

                  If to the Investors:      Those addresses set forth next to
                                            each Investor's name, as set forth
                                            in EXHIBIT A

                  (b) ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS. This Agreement represents
the entire agreement of the parties hereto, and supersedes any other
agreements among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. The
terms and provisions of this Agreement may not be modified or amended, or any
of the provisions hereof waived, except pursuant to the written consent of the
Company and holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities.

                  (c) ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement may not be assigned by any
party without the prior written consent of the other parties, except by a
Holder in accordance with Section 10 above. Any assignment which contravenes
this Section shall be void AB INITIO.

                  (d) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, and each such counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be
an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute
but one agreement.

                  (e) HEADINGS: INTERPRETATIONS. The headings of the various
sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference
only and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement. Whenever the
context requires, references in this Agreement to the singular number shall
include the plural and, likewise, the plural number shall include the
singular, and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and
neuter.

                  (f) GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without regard to
the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

                  (g) SEPARABILITY. In case any one or more of the provisions
contained in this Agreement or any application thereof shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and other
applications thereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Investors have executed this
Agreement as of the date first above written.


                                      -14-

<PAGE>

                                      COMPANY:

                                      Rackspace, Ltd.
                                      By: Macroweb, LC, general partner

                                      By:
                                         -----------------------------------
                                            Morris A. Miller, Member

                                      By:
                                         -----------------------------------
                                            Graham M. Weston, Member

                                      INVESTORS:

                                      --------------------------------------
                                      Graham M. Weston


                                      --------------------------------------
                                      Morris A. Miller


                                      --------------------------------------
                                      Richard Yoo


                                      --------------------------------------
                                      Dirk Elmendorf




                                      --------------------------------------
                                      Patrick Condon

                                      Trout, Ltd.

                                      By:  Knightsbridge, L.C.,General Partner

                                           By:
                                              --------------------------


                                      -15-

<PAGE>

                                           Its:
                                               -------------------------

                                      Macroweb, LC

                                      By:
                                         -----------------------------------
                                           Member


                                      --------------------------------------
                                      Brian Bell


                                      --------------------------------------
                                      Edwin Grubbs

                                      Matthews & Branscomb, P.C.

                                      By:
                                          ----------------------------------

                                      Its:
                                          ----------------------------------

                                      Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison LLP

                                      By:
                                          ----------------------------------

                                      Its:
                                          ----------------------------------


                                      -16-

<PAGE>





                                    EXHIBIT A



Morris A. Miller


Graham M. Weston

Trout, Ltd.

Macroweb

Elmendorf

Yoo

Condon

Bell

Grubbs





                                      -17-


<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

The Board of Directors
Rackspace, Ltd.

When certain of the transactions referred to in note 7 of the Notes to Financial
Statements have been consummated, we will be in a position to render the
following consent.

                                          /s/ KPMG LLP


San Antonio, Texas
May 11, 2000


                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

The Board of Directors
Rackspace, Ltd.

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the references to our
firm under the headings "Experts" and "Selected Financial Data" in the
prospectus.


San Antonio, Texas
      , 2000



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission